625563

Dethleffs 2010 Handleiding

1
Verklein
Vergroot
Pagina terug
1/216
Pagina verder
Instruction manual
Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
© 2009 Dethleffs GmbH & Co. KG, Isny
Instruction manual
Congratulations
We congratulate you on your new caravan and would like to thank you for choosing a quality product from
Dethleffs.
Whether you want to enjoy your holidays on good or bad roads, whether you want to have your "holiday home"
out in the country, at the seaside or in the mountains: Your Dethleffs caravan will always make sure that you
can enjoy your holidays because the Dethleffs team has been building caravans for more than seventy years
and knows what is important. This experience shows itself in the well thought-out, cosy and yet highly func-
tional equipment as well as in the outstanding driving characteristics.
Each Dethleffs vehicle is manufactured with great care and the quality is closely checked. This ensures that
our products have a long service life. In view of these strict requirements, we guarantee top quality of our prod-
ucts and grant you a six year leakage guarantee of the body in accordance with our guarantee conditions (see
section 1.2).
This instruction manual deals primarily with the body of your caravan. It will give you all important information
and tips so that you can enjoy all technical advantages of your Dethleffs caravan to the full. We have also
included a chapter on maintenance – and thus on the conservation of value.
In addition, you will find the documents on the chassis and all the various built-in appliances.
For maintenance work or whenever you need some help, please always get in touch with your authorised spe-
cialist workshop. They know your caravan best of all and will meet all your requests fast and reliably.
We wish you a lot of fun with your caravan, a relaxing holiday and safe driving at all times.
Your Dethleffs team
Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Instruction manual
3Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Contents
1 Guarantee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
1.1 Guarantee certificate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
1.2 Guarantee conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
1.3 Inspection records. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
1.4 Inspection plan
for annual inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
1.5 Inspection plan
for water ingress test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
2Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
2.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
2.2 Environmental tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
3Safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
3.1 Fire prevention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
3.1.1 Avoidance of fire risks. . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
3.1.2 Fire-fighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
3.1.3 In case of fire. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
3.2 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
3.3 Road safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
3.4 Towing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
3.5 Gas system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
3.5.1 General instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
3.5.2 Gas bottles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
3.6 Electrical system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
3.7 Water system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
4 Before the journey . . . . . . . . . . . 25
4.1 Initial start-up. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
4.2 Registration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
4.3 Connecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
4.4 Caravan couplings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
4.4.1 WS 3000 D stabiliser. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
4.4.2 AKS 3004 stabiliser. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
4.5 Detaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
4.6 Payload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
4.6.1 Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
4.6.2 Calculating the payload. . . . . . . . . . . . 30
4.6.3 Loading the caravan correctly. . . . . . . 31
4.6.4 Caravan load, nose weight
and axle load. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
4.6.5 Roof load. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
4.6.6 Loading via the drive-on ramp. . . . . . . 34
4.7 PVC-floor covering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
4.8 Television . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
4.9 Road safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
5 During the journey . . . . . . . . . . . 39
5.1 Driving with the caravan . . . . . . . . . . . 39
5.2 Brakes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
5.3 Driving in reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
6 Pitching the caravan . . . . . . . . . 41
6.1 Handbrake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
6.2 Wheel chocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
6.3 Corner steadies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
6.4 Entrance step (free-standing) . . . . . . . 43
6.5 Waste water tank, mobile . . . . . . . . . . 43
6.6 240 V connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
6.7 Refrigerator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
7Living . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
7.1 Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
7.1.1 Conversion door, outside (handle). . . . 45
7.1.2 Conversion door, outside
(hinged handle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
7.1.3 Conversion door, inside . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
7.1.4 Split conversion door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
7.1.5 Insect screen on the conversion
door, extendable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
7.1.6 Blind on the conversion door . . . . . . . . 48
7.2 External flaps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
7.2.1 Flap lock rear flap, outside. . . . . . . . . . 48
7.2.2 Flap lock rear flap, inside. . . . . . . . . . . 49
7.2.3 Flap lock, elliptical-shaped. . . . . . . . . . 49
7.2.4 Flap lock, rectangular . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
7.2.5 Flap for toilet cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
7.2.6 Cap for the drinking water
filler neck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
7.2.7 External flap 240 V connection . . . . . . 51
7.3 Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
7.4 Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
7.5 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
7.5.1 Hinged window with rotary hinges . . . . 53
7.5.2 Hinged window with automatic
hinges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
7.5.3 Blind and insect screen . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
7.6 Skylights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
7.6.1 Skylight with snap latch
(variant 1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
7.6.2 Skylight with snap latch
(variant 2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
7.6.3 Hinged skylight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
7.6.4 Heki skylight (mini and midi) . . . . . . . . 60
7.6.5 Heki skylight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
7.6.6 Wind-up skylight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
7.7 Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
7.7.1 Suspension table with fold-out leg. . . . 64
7.7.2 Swivel table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
7.7.3 Folding table, free-standing . . . . . . . . . 65
7.7.4 Swivel table of the rear
seating group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
7.7.5 Lift-off table for the round
seating group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
7.8 Television. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
7.9 Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
7.10 Extending the central
seating group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
7.11 Beds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
7.11.1 Bunk bed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
7.11.2 Bunk bed, folding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
7.11.3 Fixed bed (gas-pressure springs) . . . . 71
7.11.4 Rear bed, adjustable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
7.11.5 Folding bed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Contents
4 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
7.12 Converting seating groups
for sleeping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
7.12.1 Bench seating group and
side seating group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
7.12.2 Round seating group
with rectangular table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
7.12.3 Round seating group
with round table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
7.12.4 Rear seating group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
7.12.5 Widening the bed into a
playing area (variant 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
7.12.6 Widening the bed into a
playing area (variant 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
7.12.7 Seating group with two single beds . . . 81
8 Gas system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
8.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
8.2 Gas bottles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
8.3 Gas consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
8.4 Changing gas bottles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
8.5 Gas isolator taps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
8.6 External gas connection . . . . . . . . . . . 86
8.7 Duomatic switching facility. . . . . . . . . . 87
9 Electrical system . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
9.1 General safety instructions . . . . . . . . . 91
9.2 Terms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
9.3 12 V power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
9.3.1 Living area battery, general
(Power Pack SE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
9.3.2 Checking the living area battery
(Power Pack SE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
9.3.3 Charge the living area battery
(Power Pack SE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
9.4 Power pack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
9.5 Transformer/rectifier EBL 109
(Power Pack SE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
9.5.1 Battery selector switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
9.5.2 Charging the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
9.6 Panel LT 109 (Power Pack SE) . . . . . . 98
9.6.1 12 V main switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
9.6.2 Charging condition of the living
area battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
9.6.3 Filling level of the water tank . . . . . . . . 99
9.7 Panel LT 222 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
9.8 240 V power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
9.8.1 240 V connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
9.8.2 Power cable for external 240 V
connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
9.9 Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
9.9.1 12 V fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
9.9.2 240 V fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
9.10 Connection to the towing vehicle . . . . 104
9.10.1 Connection diagram 12N-12S
connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
9.10.2 Towing vehicle installation . . . . . . . . 105
10 Appliances. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107
10.1 General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107
10.2 Heater. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108
10.2.1 To heat properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108
10.2.2 Trumatic S hot-air heater . . . . . . . . . .109
10.2.3 Circulation fan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111
10.2.4 Airmix comfort package . . . . . . . . . . .112
10.2.5 Alde hot-water heater . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
10.2.6 Ultraheat additional electric
heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
10.2.7 Warming unit
for waste water pipes . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
10.2.8 Electrical floor warming unit . . . . . . . .117
10.2.9 Floor warming unit/warming unit
for waste water tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118
10.3 Air conditioning unit Dometic . . . . . . .119
10.4 Boiler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121
10.4.1 Models with waste gas vent on
the right-hand side of the vehicle . . . .121
10.4.2 Truma boiler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121
10.4.3 Alde boiler. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123
10.4.4 Reich boiler. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124
10.4.5 Hot water source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125
10.5 Cooker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127
10.5.1 Gas cooker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127
10.5.2 Gas oven . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128
10.5.3 Gas cooker with gas oven and
gas grill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129
10.5.4 Microwave oven . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131
10.5.5 Extractor hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132
10.6 Refrigerator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132
10.6.1 Refrigerator ventilation grill. . . . . . . . .133
10.6.2 Operation (Dometic 7 series
with flame indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133
10.6.3 Operation (Dometic 7 series
with manual ignition and frame
heater) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135
10.6.4 Operation (Dometic 7 series
with AES) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137
10.6.5 Operation
(Thetford without SES) . . . . . . . . . . . .139
10.6.6 Refrigerator door locking
mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140
11 Sanitary fittings. . . . . . . . . . . . . .143
11.1 Water supply, general. . . . . . . . . . . . .143
11.2 External water supply . . . . . . . . . . . . .144
11.3 Waste water tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144
11.3.1 Waste water tank, mobile . . . . . . . . . .145
11.3.2 Waste water tank, permanently
installed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145
11.3.3 Waste water tank in the holder
under the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .146
11.3.4 Odour seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .146
11.4 Filling the water system . . . . . . . . . . .146
11.5 Emptying the water system . . . . . . . .147
11.6 Toilet compartment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148
5Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Contents
11.7 Toilet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
11.7.1 Swivel toilet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
11.7.2 Toilet with separate water tank . . . . . 149
11.7.3 Vacuum toilet (Dometic) . . . . . . . . . . 151
11.7.4 Removing the cassette . . . . . . . . . . . 151
11.7.5 Emptying the cassette. . . . . . . . . . . . 152
12 Care. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
12.1 External care. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
12.1.1 Washing with a high-pressure
cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
12.1.2 Washing the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
12.1.3 Windows of acrylic glass. . . . . . . . . . 154
12.1.4 Hot galvanized chassis . . . . . . . . . . . 154
12.1.5 Underbody. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
12.1.6 Waste water tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
12.2 Filter for the external water
connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
12.3 Interior care. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
12.4 Water system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
12.4.1 Cleaning the water tank . . . . . . . . . . 156
12.4.2 Cleaning the water pipes. . . . . . . . . . 157
12.4.3 Disinfecting the water system . . . . . . 157
12.5 Extractor hood. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
12.6 Air conditioning unit Dometic. . . . . . . 158
12.7 Vacuum toilet (Dometic) . . . . . . . . . . 159
12.8 Winter care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
12.8.1 Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
12.8.2 Winter operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
12.8.3 At the end of the winter season. . . . . 160
12.9 Lay-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
12.9.1 Temporary lay-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
12.9.2 Winter lay-up. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
12.9.3 Starting up the vehicle after
a temporary lay-up or after lay-up
over winter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
13 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
13.1 Inspection work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
13.2 Maintenance work. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
13.3 Stabilisers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
13.3.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
13.3.2 AKS 3004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
13.3.3 WS 3000 D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
13.4 Braking system
BPW/AL-KO chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
13.5 Alde hot-water heater . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
13.5.1 Checking the fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . 168
13.5.2 Topping up heating fluid . . . . . . . . . . 168
13.5.3 Bleeding the heating system. . . . . . . 168
13.6 Replacing bulbs and fluorescent
tubes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
13.6.1 Ceiling lamp (cover with screws). . . . 169
13.6.2 Halogen spotlight (movable) . . . . . . . 170
13.6.3 Halogen spotlight
(with glass shade) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
13.6.4 Recessed halogen light (flat). . . . . . . 170
13.6.5 Recessed halogen light
with housing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
13.6.6 Surface-mounted halogen light
(swivelling). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
13.6.7 Indirect lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
13.6.8 Light column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
13.7 Changing the battery of the
wardrobe light with LED. . . . . . . . . . . 173
13.8 Spare parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
13.9 Vehicle identification plate . . . . . . . . . 174
13.10 Warning and information stickers . . . 174
14 Wheels and tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
14.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
14.2 Tyre selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
14.3 Tyre specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
14.4 Handling of tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
14.5 Changing wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
14.5.1 General instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
14.5.2 Tightening torque. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
14.5.3 Changing the wheel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
14.5.4 Changing a wheel at alloy
wheel rims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
14.6 Spare wheel support . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
14.7 Tyre pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
15 Troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
15.1 Chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
15.2 Braking system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
15.3 Electrical system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
15.4 Gas system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
15.5 Cooker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
15.5.1 Gas cooker/gas oven. . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
15.5.2 Microwave oven. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
15.6 Heater, boiler and hot water
source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
15.6.1 Trumatic S hot-air heater . . . . . . . . . . 188
15.6.2 Alde heater/boiler. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
15.6.3 Truma boiler. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
15.6.4 Truma hot water source. . . . . . . . . . . 190
15.7 Refrigerator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
15.8 Dometic air conditioning unit . . . . . . . 191
15.9 Water supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
15.10 Vacuum toilet (Dometic) . . . . . . . . . . 193
15.11 Body. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
16 Special equipment. . . . . . . . . . . 195
16.1 Weight details
for special equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
17 Helpful notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
17.1 Traffic rules in foreign countries. . . . . 197
17.2 Help on Europe's roads . . . . . . . . . . . 197
17.3 Speed limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
17.4 Driving with low beam in
European countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Contents
6 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
17.5 Sleeping in the vehicle away
from camping areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
17.6 Gas supply in
European countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
17.7 Toll regulations in
European countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
17.8 Tips on staying overnight
safely during travel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
17.9 Tips for winter campers . . . . . . . . . . . 204
17.10 Travel checklists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
7Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Guarantee
1
1Guarantee
1.1 Guarantee certificate
We reserve the right to alter the construction, equipment and the scope of
delivery. Special equipment is also listed that is not included in the standard
scope of delivery. The descriptions and illustrations in this brochure do not
relate to a particular version. For all details, only the respective equipment list
is valid.
1.2 Guarantee conditions
1. In addition to the legal guarantee and product warranty rights due to the
customer, Dethleffs GmbH & Co. KG may also grant a guarantee of six
years that the vehicles constructed by the company are sealed in such a
manner that moisture cannot penetrate from the outside into the interior of
the vehicle.
The guarantee obligations do not apply if the leakage is a result of improper
handling of the windows, doors and skylights or damage that has not been
properly repaired. Damage that is caused by forces of nature (e.g. flooding)
is not covered by the guarantee. The guarantee extensions include only the
correct repair work. Conversion or diminution as well as travelling
expenses or other indirect costs are not covered by the guarantee.
2. When dealing with a case of leakage covered under the conditions of this
guarantee, Dethleffs GmbH & Co. KG is obliged to rectify the defective
vehicle part concerned by repairing it free of charge or replacing the part,
depending on what is necessary to immediately to repair the damage.
Defects are to be rectified by Dethleffs GmbH & Co. KG or by an author-
ised specialist workshop in accordance with the guidelines of
Dethleffs GmbH & Co. KG.
Vehicle data
Model:
Chassis manufacturer:
Serial number:
Initial registration:
Purchased from company:
Expiry of the guarantee period:
Key number:
Chassis number:
Customer Address
Surname, Christian name:
Street, No.:
Postal code, town:
Dealer's stamp and signature
8 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Guarantee
1
3. The prerequisite for this guarantee is that the vehicle must be presented
once a year to an authorised specialist workshop for an inspection. The
presentation must take place 2 months at the latest after the anniversary of
the initial registration (or delivery).
If the inspection is not carried out according to schedule, this will nullify your
warranty. It cannot be renewed by carrying out an inspection at a later time.
As proof that the inspection has been completed, there are designated cou-
pons in the Dethleffs GmbH & Co. KG guarantee booklet where inspection
stamps are to be glued and endorsed by a stamp, the date and the signa-
ture of a respective Dethleffs dealer.
4. The guarantee begins on the day of the initial registration or delivery of the
vehicle to the customer, 1 year at the latest after delivery to the dealer, and
is valid while the vehicle is in use, for 6 years at the longest. If initial regis-
tration of the vehicle precedes taking delivery, the warranty commences on
the vehicle's initial registration date (warranty qualifying date). A change of
ownership of the purchased object has no effect on the guarantee obliga-
tions. The guarantee expires if the terms outlined in paragraph 3 are not
complied with. The performance of guarantee work does not increase the
guarantee period.
5. Parts installed to rectify faults are also guaranteed under the terms of the
guarantee until the guarantee period expires.
6. If leakage occurs, the owner must notify Dethleffs GmbH & Co. KG or a
Dethleffs dealer of this in writing within 15 days of its detection. The guar-
antee certificate and the corresponding guarantee stamps must be
included with the notification. If notification of leakage does not occur within
the time limit stated, no claims can be made under the terms of the guar-
antee.
Remedying of leakage will take place after approval has been given by
Dethleffs GmbH & Co. KG.
If no agreement is reached about the type, extent and result of the repairs,
Dethleffs GmbH & Co. KG or the Dethleffs dealer will consult a neutral
expert whose decision is binding for all parties involved.
7. The costs of the inspection are to be paid by the party covered by the guar-
antee.
8. As far as legally permissible, the court responsible for Isny will be agreed
upon as the venue for jurisdiction.
9Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Guarantee
1
1.3 Inspection records
Should it be determined during an inspection that additional work is necessary,
then the carrying out of this work is dependent on the customer commissioning
this to be done. Please also adhere to the service intervals stipulated by the
manufacturers of the individual equipment. Information is included in the
service documents enclosed.
Delivery
Date:
Signature and stamp of the Dethleffs
dealer:
1st year Water ingress test
Date:
Signature and stamp of the Dethleffs
dealer:
Paste inspection
stamp here.
Water ingress test 1st year
Water ingress test 1st year
No defects found
Found defects:
10 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Guarantee
1
Should it be determined during an inspection that additional work is necessary,
then the carrying out of this work is dependent on the customer commissioning
this to be done. Please also adhere to the service intervals stipulated by the
manufacturers of the individual equipment. Information is included in the
service documents enclosed.
2nd year Water ingress test
Date:
Signature and stamp of the Dethleffs
dealer:
Paste inspection
stamp here.
Water ingress test 2nd year
Water ingress test 2nd year
No defects found
Found defects:
3rd year Water ingress test
Date:
Signature and stamp of the Dethleffs
dealer:
Paste inspection
stamp here.
Water ingress test 3rd year
Water ingress test 3rd year
No defects found
Found defects:
11Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Guarantee
1
Should it be determined during an inspection that additional work is necessary,
then the carrying out of this work is dependent on the customer commissioning
this to be done. Please also adhere to the service intervals stipulated by the
manufacturers of the individual equipment. Information is included in the
service documents enclosed.
4th year Water ingress test
Date:
Signature and stamp of the Dethleffs
dealer:
Paste inspection
stamp here.
Water ingress test 4th year
Water ingress test 4th year
No defects found
Found defects:
5th year Water ingress test
Date:
Signature and stamp of the Dethleffs
dealer:
Paste inspection
stamp here.
Water ingress test 5th year
Water ingress test 5th year
No defects found
Found defects:
12 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Guarantee
1
1.4 Inspection plan for annual inspection
Pos. Component Activity Interval
1 Skylights Remove the inside
frame of the skylights
and tighten the screw
connections of the se-
curing clips
1. year
2 Front wheel Lubricate, check wheel
rims for damage, visual
check of the tyres,
check threaded spindle
and crank
Annually
3 Corner steadies Lubrication Annually
4 Joints, hinges and levers on
the chassis
Lubrication Annually
5 Underbody Visual check, repair un-
derbody protection as
necessary
Annually
6 Chassis Lubrication Annually
7 Wheel attachment Tighten the wheel nuts,
check tyre bearings
Annually
8 Tyres and wheel rims Air pressure check (see
section 14.7); visual
check for damage,
tread depth at least
2mm
Annually
9 Brakes, brake lining Check and adjust if
necessary; lining thick-
ness min. 1.6 mm
Annually
10 Outside lighting Function check Annually
11 Refrigerator, heater, kitchen-
ette, storage flap locks, water
system, interior electrics
Function check Annually
12 Upholstery, curtains, blinds Visual check Annually
13 Windows, skylights Function check, water
ingress test, applying
talc to the rubber seals
Annually
14 Sealing strips, edges, rubber Check for damage Annually
15 Brake drums Visual check for wear
and rust, check spring
tension
Every two
years
16 Axle bearing Check the slack Every two
years
17 Slotted nut on the wheel Check position and
dummy fuse
Every two
years
18 Overrun brake Function check Every two
years
13Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Guarantee
1
We reserve the right to modify the inspection plan.
1.5 Inspection plan for water ingress test
19 Brake cable assembly Visual check Every two
years
20 Chassis underbody Check bolts are firmly
secured
Every two
years
21 Gas system Official gas inspection Every two
years
Pos. Component Activity Interval
Pos. Component Activity
1.1 Wheel housing Visual check
1.2 Rear wall floor plateau connection Visual check
1.2.1 Side wall in the direction of travel left connection Visual check
1.2.2 Side wall in the direction of travel right connec-
tion
Visual check
1.3 Front wall floor plateau connection Visual check
1.3.1 Side wall in the direction of travel left connection Visual check
1.3.2 Side wall in the direction of travel right connec-
tion
Visual check
1.4 Side wall floor plateau right connection Visual check
1.5 Side wall floor plateau left connection Visual check
1.6 Connection to driver's cabin Visual check
1.7 Base frame with base frame cut-outs Visual check
1.8 Check the status of the outer metal sheets Visual check
1.9 Check the status of the window rubbers, expan-
sion joints, sealing joints
Visual check
2.1 Measure the floor plateau at this connection
point with a moisture measuring device, write
down the corresponding values with the date of
the assessment. Prescribed maximum values –
up to 20 % normal.
If the values are above 20 % check if it is due to
accumulated condensation.
Measuring
2.2 Measure inside the vehicle (walls, window sec-
tions, roof, etc.), note changes in the colour of
the decor. Prescribed maximum values – up to
20 % normal.
If the values are above 20 % check if it is due to
accumulated condensation.
Measuring
3.1 Wheel housing Spray with Dethleffs
special weatherproof
solution
3.2 Rear wall floor plateau connection Spray with Dethleffs
special weatherproof
solution
14 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Guarantee
1
We reserve the right to modify the inspection plan.
3.3 Front wall floor plateau connection Spray with Dethleffs
special weatherproof
solution
3.4 Side wall floor plateau right connection Spray with Dethleffs
special weatherproof
solution
3.5 Side wall floor plateau left connection Spray with Dethleffs
special weatherproof
solution
Pos. Component Activity
15Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Introduction
2
2Introduction
Please read this instruction manual completely before
using the vehicle for the first time!
Always keep this instruction manual in the vehicle. Also inform all other users
of the safety regulations.
With your Dethleffs caravan you will receive a file with the following vehicle
manuals and documents:
Dethleffs documents
Instruction manual
List of Dethleffs dealers
Additional documents
Operating and installation instructions of various appliances
Complete set of documents from the chassis manufacturer
Test certificate for the gas system in accordance with German regulations
This instruction manual contains sections which describe model-spe-
cific equipment or special equipment. These sections are not specially
marked. It may be that your vehicle has not been fitted with this special
equipment. In some cases, the actual equipment of your vehicle may
therefore be different from that shown in some illustrations and descrip-
tions.
However, your vehicle may be fitted with other special equipment not
described in this instruction manual.
Special equipment is described when an explanation is required.
Adhere to the instruction manuals which are separately enclosed.
Should the vehicle be subjected to damage due to a failure to follow the
instructions in this instruction manual, then the guarantee claim is deemed
invalid.
Our vehicles are subjected to continuous development. Please understand
that we reserve the right to alter the form, equipment and technology. There-
fore, no claims can be made against the manufacturer as a result of the con-
tents of this instruction manual. The equipment which was known and included
at the time of going to press is described.
The non-observance of this symbol can lead to personal injury.
The non-observance of this symbol can lead to damage being caused to,
or inside the vehicle.
This symbol indicates recommendations or special aspects.
This symbol indicates actions which lead to environmental awareness.
The details "right", "left", "front" and "rear" always refer to the vehicle in
direction of travel.
All dimensions and weight details are "approximate".
The metric specifications are binding for physical dimensions.
16 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Introduction
2
The reprinting, translation and copying, including extracts is not permitted
without prior written authorisation from the manufacturer.
2.1 General
The vehicle is constructed in accordance with the latest technology and the
recognised safety regulations. Nevertheless, personal injury may result and
the vehicle may be damaged if the safety instructions in this instruction manual
are not followed.
Only use the vehicle in a technically impeccable condition. Follow the instruc-
tions in the instruction manual.
Malfunctions which impair the safety of persons or the vehicle should be
immediately remedied by qualified personnel. To avoid further damages,
observe the duty to avert, minimize or mitigate loss for the user during faults.
Have the vehicle's braking and gas systems inspected and repaired by an
authorised specialist workshop only.
Alterations to the body are only to be carried out with the authorisation of the
manufacturer.
Luggage and accessories may only be transported up to the maximum permis-
sible gross weight.
Observe the test and inspection periods stipulated by the manufacturer.
2.2 Environmental tips
The vehicle comes without a wheelbrace and vehicle jack. We suggest you
obtain a commercially available wheelbrace before you first use your car-
avan, in case of an emergency. If no AL-KO vehicle jack (special equip-
ment for AL-KO chassis) is present, obtain a conventional commercial
scissor-type jack or an hydraulic vehicle jack, in order to have it ready in
the case of mishap or emergency. Our authorised dealers and service cen-
tres will be happy to advise you.
Be considerate of the environment.
Remember that: All kinds of waste water and household waste are not to
be disposed of in drains or in the open countryside.
On board, collect waste water only in the waste water tank or – if
necessary – in other containers designed for that purpose.
Only empty the waste water tank and toilet cassette or sewage tank at dis-
posal stations at the camping or caravan sites, which are especially pro-
vided for this purpose. When stopping in towns and communities, observe
the instructions at caravan sites or ask where there are disposal stations.
Empty waste water tank as often as possible, even when it is not com-
pletely full (hygiene).
If possible, flush out waste water tank and, if necessary, drainage pipe with
fresh water every time it is emptied.
Never allow the toilet cassette or sewage tank to become too full. Empty
the toilet cassette or sewage tank frequently, at the latest as soon as the
level indicator lights up.
Separate household waste according to glass, tin cans, plastic and wet
waste also when on a journey. Enquire at the town or community authority
about disposal points. Household waste is not to be disposed of in waste
paper baskets which are situated at car parks.
17Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Introduction
2
Empty waste bins as often as possible into the containers provided for this
purpose. This helps to avoid unpleasant smells and an accumulation of
rubbish on board.
When parked, do not allow the engine of the towing vehicle to run more
than necessary. When running idle, a cold engine releases more contami-
nants than usual. The running temperature of the engine is achieved more
quickly whilst the vehicle is in motion.
Use an environmentally-friendly WC chemical agent for the WC which can
also be biologically degraded and only use small doses.
When staying in towns and communities for long periods, search for
parking areas which are specially reserved for caravans and towing vehi-
cles. Enquire at the town or community authority about parking spaces.
Always leave the parking places in a clean condition.
18 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Introduction
2
19Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Safety
3
3Safety
Chapter overview
This chapter contains important safety instructions. The safety instructions are
for the protection of persons and property.
The instructions address the following topics:
fire prevention and what to do in case of fire
general care of the vehicle
road safety of the vehicle
towing
gas system of the vehicle
electrical system of the vehicle
water system of the vehicle
3.1 Fire prevention
3.1.1 Avoidance of fire risks
3.1.2 Fire-fighting
3.1.3 In case of fire
All windows and doors which meet the following requirements are considered
as emergency exits:
Never leave children in the vehicle unattended.
Keep flammable materials clear of heating and cooking appliances.
Lights can get very hot. When the light is switched on, there must always
be a safety distance of 30 cm between light and flammable objects. Fire
hazard!
Never use portable heating or cooking appliances.
Only authorised qualified personnel may make changes to the electrical
system, gas system or appliances.
Always carry a dry powder fire extinguisher in the vehicle. The fire extin-
guisher must be approved, tested and close at hand.
The fire extinguisher is not included in the scope of delivery.
Have the fire extinguisher tested at regular intervals by authorised qual-
ified personnel. Observe the date of testing.
Always keep a fire blanket near the cooker.
Evacuate all passengers.
Cut off the electrical power supply and disconnect from the mains.
Close regulator tap on the gas bottle.
Sound the alarm and call the fire brigade.
Fight the fire if this is possible without risk.
Acquaint yourself with the position and operation of the emergency exits.
Keep escape routes clear.
Observe the fire extinguisher instructions for use.
20 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Safety
3
Open to the outside or can be shifted in horizontal direction
Opening angle at least 70°
Minimum diameter of clearance = 450 mm
Maximum distance from the vehicle floor = 950 mm
3.2 General
3.3 Road safety
The oxygen in the vehicle interior is used up by breathing and the use of
gas operated appliances. That is why the oxygen needs to be replaced
on a constant basis. For this purpose, forced ventilation options (e.g.
skylights with forced ventilation, mushroom-shaped vents or floor vents)
are fitted to the vehicle. Never cover or block forced ventilations from the
inside or outside with objects such as e.g. a winter mat. Keep forced ven-
tilations clear of snow and leaves. There is a danger of suffocation due
to increased CO
2
levels.
Observe the headroom of the doors.
If a roof rack with ladder is installed, only climb the ladder if the rear
corner steadies have been extended or the caravan is connected to the
towing vehicle or the caravan has been secured against tilting at the
back. Otherwise the caravan can tip over to the back. Danger of falling!
As far as the appliances (heater, cooker, refrigerator, etc.) are concerned,
the instruction manuals are authoritative. It is imperative that they be
observed.
Fitting accessories or special equipment can alter the dimensions, weight
and road behaviour of the vehicle. Some of the parts must be entered in
the vehicle papers.
Only use wheel rims and tyres which are approved for the vehicle. Informa-
tion concerning the size of the approved wheel rims and tyres is included
in the vehicle documents or can be obtained from authorised dealers and
service centres.
Firmly apply the handbrake when parking the vehicle.
When leaving the vehicle, it is imperative that all doors, external flaps and
windows are closed.
The vehicle may only be driven by drivers who hold a driving licence which
is valid for the respective vehicle class.
When selling the vehicle, hand over all instruction manuals for the vehicle
and the fitted appliances.
Before commencing the journey, carry out a functional check of indi-
cating and lighting equipment and the brakes.
If the vehicle has been stationary for a long period (approx. 10 months)
have the braking and gas systems checked by an authorised specialist
workshop.
Before commencing the journey, remove the television from the support
and store it securely.
Before commencing the journey, place and secure the flat screen and
screen support in the initial position. If the screen holder is installed in a
TV cabinet: Close TV cabinet.
21Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Safety
3
3.4 Towing
During the journey, no persons are to travel inside the caravan.
In case of underpasses, tunnels or similar obstacles, note the total
height of the vehicle (including the roof load).
In winter, the roof must be free of snow and ice before commencing the
journey.
Before commencing the journey, empty the waste water tank.
Push in fully the drive-on ramp and lock it into place before commencing
the journey.
Check tyre pressure before a journey or every 2 weeks. Wrong tyre
pressure causes excessive wear and can lead to damage or even to tyre
burst. You can lose control of the vehicle.
Before commencing the journey, distribute the payload evenly within the
vehicle (see chapter 4).
When loading the vehicle and when taking a rest from driving, in order to
load luggage or food, for example, observe the maximum permissible
gross weight and axle loads (refer to vehicle documents).
Do not exceed the maximum permissible nose weight on the caravan cou-
pling and do not let the weight fall below the minimum nose value. Load the
caravan accordingly.
While driving with your caravan, the towing vehicle must be equipped with
two external mirrors.
Before commencing the journey, ensure that all cupboard doors, the toilet
compartment door and all drawers and flaps are secure. Engage the refrig-
erator door securing device.
Before commencing the journey, convert the tables into a bed foundation
or fasten them in the holder.
Before commencing the journey, close windows and skylights.
Before commencing the journey, close all external flaps and lock them.
Before commencing the journey, remove the external supports and retract
the corner steadies or steady legs, which are fitted to the vehicle.
Before commencing the journey, crank the jockey wheel up as far as pos-
sible.
Before commencing the journey, put the antenna in park position.
During the initial journey and each time after changing a wheel, re-tighten
the wheel bolts/wheel nuts after 50 km (30 miles). Subsequently inspect
them at regular intervals in order to ensure that they are firmly seated. See
chapter 14 for tightening torque.
Tyres may not be older than 6 years as the material becomes brittle over
time (see chapter 14).
Lower the table of the round seating group at the rear and fix to the bench.
In order to do this, use the holding device fitted as standard.
Care is to be taken when connecting and detaching a trailer. Risk of acci-
dent and injury!
No persons are to be between the towing vehicle and the trailer during
positioning for connecting and detaching.
22 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Safety
3
3.5 Gas system
3.5.1 General instructions
Before commencing the journey, when leaving the vehicle or when gas
equipment is not in use, close all gas isolator taps and the main isolator
tap on the gas bottle.
No appliance operated by a naked flame (e.g. heater or refrigerator) may
be in operation when filling the tank, on ferries or in the garage. Danger
of explosion!
Do not use appliances operated with a naked flame in closed spaces
(e.g. garages). Danger of poisoning and suffocation!
Only have the gas system maintained, repaired or altered by an author-
ised specialist workshop.
Have the gas system checked by an authorised specialist workshop
according to the national regulations before commissioning. This also
applies for not registered vehicles. For modifications to the gas system
have the gas system immediately checked by an authorised specialist
workshop.
The gas pressure regulator and exhaust gas pipes must also be
inspected. The gas pressure regulator has to be replaced after 10 years
at the latest. The vehicle owner is responsible for seeing that this is car-
ried out.
In case of a defect of the gas system (gas odour, high gas consumption)
there is danger of explosion! Close regulator tap on the gas bottle imme-
diately. Open doors and windows and ventilate well.
If the gas system is defective: Do not smoke; do not ignite any open
flames, and do not operate electric switches (light switches etc.).
Before using the cooker make sure that there is sufficient ventilation.
Open windows or the skylight.
Do not use the gas cooker or gas oven for heating purposes.
If there are several gas devices, each gas device must have its own gas
isolator tap. If individual gas devices are not in use, close the respective
gas isolator tap.
Ignition safety valves must close within 1 minute after the gas flame has
extinguished. A clicking sound is audible. Check function from time to
time.
The built-in gas devices are exclusively meant for use with propane or
butane gas or a mixture of both. The gas pressure regulator as well as
all built-in gas devices are designed for a gas pressure of 30 mbar.
Propane gas is capable of gasification up to -42 °C, whereas butane gas
gasifies at 0 °C. Below these temperatures no gas pressure is available.
Butane gas is unsuitable for use in winter.
Regularly inspect the gas tube fitted to the gas bottle connection for
tightness. The gas tube must not have any tears and must not be
porous. Have the gas tube replaced by an authorised specialist work-
shop no later than ten years after the manufacturing date. The operator
of the gas system must see to it that the parts are replaced.
Due to its function and construction, the gas bottle compartment is a
space which is open to the exterior. Never cover or block up the standard
forced ventilations. Otherwise gas that is emitted can not be diverted to
the outside.
23Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Safety
3
3.5.2 Gas bottles
3.6 Electrical system
Do not use the gas bottle compartment as storage space as it is not
moisture-proof.
Secure the gas bottle compartment against unauthorised access. To do
this, lock the compartment.
The regulator tap on the gas bottle must be accessible.
Only connect gas-operated devices (e.g. gas grill) which have been
designed for a gas pressure of 30 mbar.
The exhaust gas pipe must be fitted tightly to the heating system and to
the vent and must be sealed. The exhaust gas pipe must not show any
evidence of damage.
Exhaust fumes must be able to escape into the atmosphere unhindered
and fresh air must be able to enter unhindered. For this reason, keep the
exhaust pipe and intake openings clean and unobstructed (e.g. free from
snow and ice). For this reason, no snow walls or aprons may lie against
the vehicle.
Gas bottles are only to be transported within the designated gas bottle
compartment.
Place the gas bottles in vertical position in the gas bottle compartment.
Fasten the gas bottles so that they are unable to turn or tilt.
If the gas bottles are not connected to the gas tube, always place the
protective cap on top.
Close the regulator tap on the gas bottle before the gas pressure regu-
lator or gas tube are removed from the gas bottle.
The gas pressure regulator or the gas tube must only be secured with a
suitable gas spanner (Do not overtighten).
Only use special gas pressure regulators with a safety valve designed
for vehicle use. Other gas pressure regulators are not permitted and
cannot meet the demanding requirements.
Use the gas pressure regulator defroster if the temperature falls below
5°C.
Use only 11 kg or 5 kg gas bottles. Camping gas bottles with built-in
check valve (blue bottle with max. 2.5 or 3 kg content) are can be used
in exceptional cases with a safety valve.
Use the shortest possible tube lengths (150 cm max.) for external gas
bottles.
Never block the floor ventilation openings below the gas bottles.
Only allow qualified personnel to work on the electrical system.
Prior to carrying out work on the electrical system, switch off all devices
and lights, disconnect the battery and disconnect the vehicle from the
mains.
Only use original fuses with the stipulated values.
24 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Safety
3
3.7 Water system
Only replace defective fuses when the cause of the defect is known and
has been remedied.
Never bridge or repair fuses.
Water left standing in the water tank or in the water pipes becomes
undrinkable after a short period. Therefore, before each use of the
vehicle, thoroughly clean the water pipes and the water tank. After each
use of the vehicle completely empty the water tank and the water pipes.
In the case of lay-ups lasting more than a week disinfect the water
system before using the vehicle.
If the vehicle is not used for several days or if it is not heated when there is
a risk of frost, empty the entire water system. Leave the water taps on in
central position. Leave the safety/drainage valve (if there is one) and all
drain cocks open. Frost damage to appliances, frost damage to the vehicle
and deposits in water-carrying components can be avoided in this way.
25Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Before the journey
4
4Before t he journey
Chapter overview
This chapter contains important information which has to be noted before com-
mencing your journey or carrying out any tasks before the journey.
The instructions address the following topics:
initial start-up
registration of the vehicle
connecting and detaching to the towing vehicle
caravan coupling
calculating the payload
loading of the vehicle
drive-on ramp
PVC-floor covering
storing the television
At the end of the chapter there is a checklist which once again summarises the
most important points.
4.1 Initial start-up
The caravan is supplied with a set of keys.
Always deposit a replacement key outside the vehicle. Make a note of the key
number. Our authorised dealers and workshops can offer assistance in case
of loss.
4.2 Registration
The caravan has a general type approval.
Your caravan is a vehicle which must be registered. Observe national regula-
tions on registration.
Please remember that certain countries require a separate national code
sticker in addition to the EU plate.
4.3 Connecting
During the initial journey and each time after changing a wheel, re-tighten
the wheel bolts/wheel nuts after 50 km (30 miles). Subsequently inspect
them at regular intervals in order to ensure that they are firmly seated. See
chapter 14 for tightening torque.
Check whether the road light system of the towing vehicle corresponds to
that of the caravan (see chapter 9), and whether a nominal voltage of 12 V
is provided by the towing vehicle.
Care is to be taken when connecting and detaching a trailer. Risk of acci-
dent and injury!
No persons are to be between the towing vehicle and the trailer during
positioning for connecting and detaching.
Observe the permissible nose weight and rear axle load of the towing
vehicle. Nose weight and rear axle load must not be exceeded. The
values of the nose weight and rear axle load are included in the docu-
ments of the vehicle and the caravan coupling.
26 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Before the journey
4
Connecting: Connect the caravan (see section 4.4). The coupling jaw and the ball must
interlock and are not to be loosely superposed. The coupling jaw must
completely surround the ball.
Connect the breakaway brake cable with a loop to a suitable anchorage
point on the vehicle, do not attach to the tow ball. Thereby, observe the
cable length: The cable must not trail on the ground or trigger the braking
function around corners.
Crank the jockey wheel up as far as possible. Adjust the running role in par-
allel to the direction of travel and to the draw box.
Insert the connector plug of the caravan in the socket of the towing vehicle.
Ensure that the hooks of the safety cover engage with the plug. The hooks
prevent the plug from becoming loose during the journey.
Put the connection cable in a loose loop across the drawbar. Make sure
that it does not touch the ground.
Check whether the caravan coupling is mounted correctly on the coupling
ball. Pay attention to the safety indicator.
Check whether corner steadies and jockey wheel are raised.
Check the caravan lighting system whilst the towing vehicle is connected.
4.4 Caravan couplings
Ensure that the interior of the coupling is not soiled and that the movable
parts of the coupling (not the ball retainer) are lubricated.
The tow ball is not to be lubricated when using a stabiliser. The friction
pads are pressed against the coupling ball and thereby generate an anti-
rolling moment. This anti-rolling effect is only guaranteed when the
towing vehicle coupling head is free of lubricant and other residues.
When lubricating the stabiliser ensure that no lubricant is on the friction
pads.
Caravan with an overrun brake: Do not connect or detach caravan with the
overrun brake on.
Caravan coupling with detachable ball neck: If the ball neck is mounted
incorrectly, there is the danger of the trailer breaking away. Observe the
instruction manual for the caravan coupling.
In order to connect the vehicle, crank the supporting jockey wheel down
and set it down on the ground.
Do not use the stabilising lever of the stabiliser as a maneuvering aid.
Check whether the caravan's connector plug fits into the socket of the
towing vehicle. If connector plug and socket do not match, ask your author-
ised dealers and workshops for adapting options.
Further information about the stabiliser can be obtained in the manufac-
turer's instruction manual.
Before connecting, ensure that the tow ball of the coupling device is free of
dirt and grease.
27Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Before the journey
4
4.4.1 WS 3000 D stabiliser
Connecting: Pull the coupling handle (Fig. 1,1) upwards into position "Open" (Fig. 1,2).
Stabiliser is open.
Set down the open stabiliser on the caravan ball of the towing vehicle and
release the coupling handle. The handle glides automatically back to its ini-
tial position (Fig. 1,3).
In addition, push the coupling handle down with your hand (not with your
foot). Closing and securing is carried out automatically.
Conduct a visual inspection: The caravan ball must not be visible in the
attached state.
Activate the stabilising mechanism. To do this, press the coupling handle
downwards (Fig. 1,4) from the closed position (Fig. 1,3) to its stop limit.
To deactivate the stabilisation mechanism, e.g. for manoeuvring, pull the cou-
pling handle (Fig. 1,1) slowly upward to the closed position (Fig. 1,3).
4.4.2 AKS 3004 stabiliser
Connecting: Pull up the stabilising lever (Fig. 2,1) as far as possible.
Pull the coupling handle (Fig. 2,2) upwards.
Place the opened stabiliser on the caravan coupling. The coupling handle
must audibly lock back into its initial position.
In addition, push the coupling handle downwards by hand (not with your
foot). Closing and securing is carried out automatically.
Conduct a visual inspection: The green cylinder on the safety indicator
(Fig. 2,3) must be visible.
Activate the stabilising mechanism. Push the stabilising lever (Fig. 2,1)
down to its stop limit.
Fig. 1 WS 3000 D stabiliser
Fig. 2 AKS 3004 stabiliser
28 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Before the journey
4
4.5 Detaching
Detaching: Apply the caravan handbrake.
Place the wheel chocks behind both of the wheels.
Remove the connector plug of the caravan from the towing vehicle socket
and insert it in the holder on the drawbar.
Remove the breakaway cable from the towing vehicle.
Crank the jockey wheel down until it is set firmly on the ground. Now loosen
the caravan coupling.
Using the jockey wheel, lift the drawbar until the towing vehicle can be
driven away without risk.
4.6 Payload
Load the caravan so that the drawbar coupling head is not pushed downwards
due to the permissible nose weight. Heavy objects should be close to the axles
and a weight centre should be in the centre of the vehicle.
When loading the caravan observe:
The permissible maximum caravan load
The maximum permissible nose weight (e.g. 50 kg)
The minimum nose weight in accordance with national regulations
This information is in the towing vehicle instruction manual.
Care is to be taken when connecting and detaching a trailer. Risk of acci-
dent and injury!
In addition, observe the safety instructions with respect to connecting
included in this instruction manual.
Overloading the vehicle and wrong tyre pressure can cause tyres to
burst. You can lose control of the vehicle.
Only the maximum permissible gross weight and the mass in a ready-to-
drive condition, not the actual weight of the vehicle, is stated in the
vehicle documents. For your own safety, we recommend that you have
your loaded vehicle weighed on a public weighbridge before you set out
on your journey.
Do not exceed the maximum permissible gross weight stated in the vehicle
documents by the payload.
Built-in accessories and special equipment reduce the payload.
Adhere to the axle load stated in the vehicle documents.
Description Load (kg)
Maximum permitted
payloads
Roof racks 100
Bunk beds 100
Vertically adjustable bed (Vari) 150
Folding beds 50
29Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Before the journey
4
4.6.1 Terms
Maximum permissible
gross weight in a laden
condition
The maximum permissible gross weight in a laden condition is the weight that
a vehicle may never exceed.
The maximum permissible overall weight in laden condition consists of the
mass in ready-to-drive condition and of the payload.
In the vehicle documents, the manufacturer has specified the maximum per-
missible gross weight in a laden condition.
Mass in ready-to-drive
condition
The mass in ready-to-drive condition is the weight of the ready-to-drive
standard vehicle.
The mass in ready-to-drive condition is made up as follows:
Unladen weight (mass of the empty vehicle) with factory-installed standard
equipment
Basic equipment weight
Basic equipment includes all equipment and fluids required for safe and proper
vehicle use. The weight of the basic equipment includes:
Water system filled up to 90 % (water tank and pipes)
Gas bottles filled up to 90 %
A full heating system
A full toilet flushing system
The power cables for the 240 V power supply
The installation kit for an auxiliary battery if an auxiliary battery can be used
The waste water and sewage tanks are empty.
In the vehicle documents, the manufacturer specifies the mass in ready-to-
drive conditions.
Payload The payload is made up as follows:
Additional equipment
Personal equipment
You will find explanations on the individual components of the payload in the
following text.
Technically speaking, the term "mass" has now replaced the term "weight".
However, "weight" is still the term more frequent in common use. For better
understanding, "mass" is therefore only used in the following sections for
fixed formulations.
All specifications according to EU norm DIN EN 1645-2.
Example for calculating
the basic equipment
Water tank with 40 l 40 kg
Toilet cistern with 10 l + 10 kg
Gas bottles (2 x 11 kg
gas
+ 2 x 14 kg
bottle
) + 50 kg
240 V power cable + 4 kg
Installation kit for auxiliary battery + 20 kg
Total = 124 kg
The vehicle's payload can be increased by reducing the weight in a ready-
to-drive condition. To do this, it is allowed for example to empty the fluid
containers or to remove the gas bottles.
30 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Before the journey
4
Additional equipment Additional equipment includes accessories and special equipment. Examples
of additional equipment include:
Roof rail
Spare wheel
Awning
Bike rack
Satellite unit
Microwave oven
Hot water supply
Chapter 16 lists the weights of the various items of special equipment; they
may also be obtained from the manufacturer.
Personal equipment Personal equipment includes all items in the vehicle that are not included in
the additional equipment. For example, personal equipment can include the
following:
Foodstuffs
Crockery
Television
Radio
Clothes
Bedding
Toys
Books
Toiletries
No matter where kept, personal equipment also includes:
Bikes
Boats
Surfboards
Sports equipment
For the personal equipment, according to the applicable regulations, the man-
ufacturer must use a minimum weight that is determined according to the fol-
lowing formula:
Formula Minimum weight M (kg) = 10 x N + 10 x L + 30
Explanation N = maximum number of beds, as stated by the manufacturer
L = total length of the caravan in metres, not including the drawbar
Example Caravan with 4 beds and a length of 5 m:
Minimum weight M (kg) = 10 x 4
beds
+ 10 x 5
metres
+ 30 = 120 kg
4.6.2 Calculating the payload
The payload calculation at the factory is partly based on all-inclusive
weights. For safety reasons, the maximum permissible gross weight in
a laden condition must not be exceeded.
Only the maximum permissible gross weight and the mass in a ready-to-
drive condition, not the actual weight of the vehicle, is stated in the
vehicle documents. For your own safety, we recommend that you have
your loaded vehicle weighed on a public weighbridge before you set out
on your journey.
31Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Before the journey
4
The payload (see section 4.6.1) is the difference in weight between
Maximum permissible gross weight in a laden condition and
Vehicle mass complete in a ready-to-drive condition.
The calculation of the payload from the difference between the maximum per-
missible gross weight in laden condition and the mass specified by the manu-
facturer in ready-to-drive condition is however only a theoretical value.
Only if the vehicle is weighed with full tanks, full gas bottles and complete addi-
tional equipment on a public weighbridge, can the actual payload be deter-
mined.
The actual payload is the difference between the maximum permissible gross
weight in laden condition and the weighed vehicle weight.
The result is the weight that is permitted for the actual load of the personal
equipment.
4.6.3 Loading the caravan correctly
The payload arrangement recommended cannot be adhered to consequently
as the storage facilities are to be found throughout the complete caravan.
Ensure that heavy items are close to the axles and the lower area, i.e. directly
above the vehicle floor. Store heavy objects (awning, tin cans, etc.), if pos-
sible, in the towing vehicle.
Mass in kg to be
calculated
Calculation
Example for calculating
the payload
Maximum permissible gross weight ac-
cording to vehicle documents
1500
Vehicle mass in a ready-to-drive condi-
tion, including basic equipment according
to vehicle documents
- 1200
This results in a permissible payload
of
300
Additional equipment - 40
For the personal equipment this re-
sults in
= 260
Never exceed the maximum permissible gross weight.
Distribute the load evenly on the left and right sides of the vehicle.
Store all objects in such a way that they cannot slip.
Store heavy objects (awning, tin cans, etc.) close to the axles. Low-lying
storage compartments whose doors do not open in the direction of travel
are particularly suited for storing heavy objects.
Stack light objects (laundry) in the roof storage cabinets.
Never concentrate the caravan load at the rear.
32 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Before the journey
4
Incorrectly loaded Loads stored apart from each other (Fig. 3) lead to inclination to skid. Roof
loads impair the driving characteristics and move the centre of gravity
upwards. This increases the inclination to skid.
Correctly loaded Do not store heavy objects such as awnings, tin cans, etc. in the caravan but
rather in the towing vehicle. Secure bicycles on the roof of the towing vehicle.
Store all loads close to the axle (Fig. 4).
4.6.4 Caravan load, nose weight and axle load
Fig. 3 Incorrect weight distribution
Fig. 4 Correct weight distribution
The nose weight of the caravan may not exceed 100 kg.
The information on the towing vehicle documents is important for the selec-
tion of the car and caravan.
Fig. 5 Caravan load, nose weight and
axle load
1 Caravan load
2 Nose weight
3Axle load
33Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Before the journey
4
Caravan load The caravan load (Fig. 5,1) stipulated in the towing vehicle documents pro-
vides information as to the maximum weight which the towing vehicle is per-
mitted to tow. The caravan load refers to the actual weight of the caravan and
not to the maximum permissible gross weight of the caravan.
Example The towing vehicle may tow 1,200 kg. If the caravan has a maximum permis-
sible gross weight of 1,200 kg and in fact weighs 900 kg, it can be loaded with
another 300 kg. If however the caravan has a maximum permissible gross
weight of 1,400 kg, it may only be loaded to a maximum of 1,200 kg.
Nose weight The nose weight (Fig. 5,2) specifies how much weight the caravan drawbar
can apply to the caravan coupling of the towing vehicle. Information is to be
found in description of the caravan couplings and the vehicle documents.
Therefore, a caravan coupling with a permissible nose weight of 50 kg may not
support a loaded caravan which has a nose weight of 75 kg. Additionally, for
the permissible gross weight the nose weight must be taken into considera-
tion. If necessary the payload in the towing vehicle must be reduced by the
amount of the nose weight.
The maximum permissible gross weight for the towing vehicle and for the car-
avan is not to be exceeded.
Only when the nose weight is adapted optimal to the towing vehicle and car-
avan combination, the towing vehicle and caravan achieves its maximum sta-
bility and safety in highway traffic. The optimal nose weight is simultaneously
the maximum possible nose weight.
Please refer to the vehicle documents and the description of the caravan
coupling for the maximum permissible nose weight.
If different values are specified in the vehicle documents and in the descrip-
tion of the caravan coupling: Please select the lowest value. This value is
the maximum possible nose weight for the towing vehicle and caravan.
Check the nose weight before each journey, e.g. with a nose weighing
scales. To obtain a correct value, position the nose weighing scales vertical
under the coupling jaw and place the caravan drawbar horizontal.
The payload in the caravan must be distributed in such a way that the
measured nose weight comes as close as possible to the maximum per-
missible nose weight. The maximum permissible nose weight is not be
exceeded.
Axle load The axle load (Fig. 5,3) is also specified in the vehicle documents of the towing
vehicle and provides information concerning the permissible maximum load
for the front and rear axles. The axle load may not be exceeded by a trailer.
The above illustration shows where which forces act on the car and caravan.
4.6.5 Roof load
Access the roof only when a roof rail has been fitted. Always use the
ladder at the rear to climb onto the roof.
Only climb the ladder if the rear corner steadies have been extended or
if the caravan is connected to the towing vehicle or if the caravan has
been secured against tilting to the back. Otherwise the caravan can tip
over to the back. Danger of falling!
Take care when stepping onto the ladder. There is danger of slipping
when the ladder is moist or icy.
34 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Before the journey
4
4.6.6 Loading via the drive-on ramp
Take care when stepping onto the roof. There is danger of slipping when
the roof is moist or icy.
Do not overload the roof. Road behaviour and brake reaction deteriorate
as the roof load increases.
If the vehicle is equipped with a roof rail, load racks can be mounted on the
roof rail for roof loads (e.g. for surfboards, rubber boats or light canoes).
Special girder systems are available as accessory. The authorised dealer
or service centre will be happy to advise you.
The maximum permissible roof load is 100 kg.
The vehicle roof is not suitable for localised load. Before stepping on to the
roof, extensively cover the area you will be treading on. Materials with a
smooth or soft surface are suitable, for example, a thick polystyrene panel.
Secure roof loads with tension belts. Do not use rubber expanders.
Observe the overall height of the vehicle when the roof rack is loaded.
A clearly visible notice stating the overall height should be attached to the
towing vehicle. This eliminates the need for calculations at bridges and
thoroughfares.
Push in fully the drive-on ramp and lock it into place before commencing
the journey.
Only step on the drive-on ramp if it has been fully pulled out and rests on
the ground.
Only step on the drive-on ramp if the rear corner steadies have been
extended or if the caravan is connected to the towing vehicle or if the
caravan is supported at the rear to prevent it from tilting. Otherwise the
caravan can tip over to the back. Danger of falling!
Be careful when stepping onto the drive-on ramp. There is danger of
slipping if the drive-on ramp is wet or icy.
Observe the permissible axle loads and maximum permissible gross
weight when loading the vehicle via the drive-on ramp.
Do not fall below the minimum nose weight.
35Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Before the journey
4
Loading the vehicle via
the drive-on ramp
The vehicle is easier to load via the drive-on ramp.
Open the rear flap (see chapter 7).
Remove the cotter pin (Fig. 6,3) and bolt (Fig. 6,2) on the drive-on ramp
(Fig. 6,1).
Hold the drive-on ramp in the horizontal position and pull it out to the rear
as far as possible.
Lay the drive-on ramp on the ground (Fig. 7).
Insert the edge guard (Fig. 7,1) in both holders in the drive-on ramp
(Fig. 7,2).
To push in the drive-on ramp, carry out the steps in reverse order.
4.7 PVC-floor covering
4.8 Television
Fig. 6 Securing the drive-on ramp Fig. 7 Drive-on ramp (pulled out)
Shoes with pointed heels can leave permanent impressions in the PVC-
floor covering. Never wear shoes with pointed heels in the vehicle.
Rubber mats or long exposure to ketchup, carrot juice, ink, blood or lipstick
can discolour the PVC-floor covering. If possible, remove stains from the
floor immediately.
Before commencing the journey, remove the television from the support
and store it securely.
Before commencing the journey, place and secure the flat screen and
screen support in the initial position. If the screen holder is installed in a
TV cabinet: Close TV cabinet.
Before commencing the journey, ensure that the antenna is in park posi-
tion. Danger of accidents! Park position means: The antenna points
towards the back, is fully lowered and is locked in this position.
Further information on positioning the flat screen can be obtained from
chapter 7.
36 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Before the journey
4
Holder in the TV cabinet The flat screen is attached to a console in the TV cabinet.
Storing the flat screen:
Rotate the flat screen to its initial position and lock it into place.
Insert the holder for the flat screen on the handle (Fig. 8,1) until the latch
(Fig. 8,2) locks into place.
Close TV cabinet.
Holder with jointed arm The flat screen is fastened to a jointed arm.
Storing the flat screen:
Swing back the flat screen to its initial position and lock it into place.
Holder with swivel arm The flat screen is fastened to a swivel arm.
Storing the flat screen:
Swivel back the flat screen to the initial position, until both the release
knobs (Fig. 10,1 and 2) lock in place.
Fig. 8 Holder in the TV cabinet
Fig. 9 Holder with jointed arm
Fig. 10 Holder with swivel arm
37Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Before the journey
4
4.9 Road safety
Before commencing the journey, work through the checklist:
Check tyre pressure before a journey or every 2 weeks. Wrong tyre
pressure causes excessive wear and can lead to damage or even to tyre
burst. You can lose control of the vehicle.
No. Checks Checked
Towing vehicle with
caravan
1 All vehicle documents are on board
2 Two external mirrors fitted to towing vehicle
3 Nose weight has not been exceeded or fallen below the mini-
mum
4 Tyres in proper condition
5 Road lighting system working
6 Overrun brake functions correctly
7 Brakes react evenly
8 When braking, the towing vehicle and caravan remain in the
lane
9 Total height determined and noted. Keep the height informa-
tion close at hand in the towing vehicle
Water system housing
body
10 Mobile waste water tank stored away and secured in the gas
bottle compartment
11 Water system emptied in case of risk of frost. Watertaps and
drain cocks open
Housing body, outside
12 Awning completely retracted
13 Roof free of snow and ice (in winter)
14 External connections and lines disconnected and stored away
15 External supports removed
16 Corner steadies and jockey wheel cranked as high as possible
17 Wheel chocks removed and stored away
18 Entrance step securely stored
19 External flaps closed and locked
20 Drive-on ramp is fully pushed in and locked in place
21 Conversion door locked
Housing body, inside
22 Windows and skylights closed and locked
23 Television secured in the TV cabinet or removed from the sup-
port and stored securely
24 Television antenna retracted (if one is built in)
25 Loose parts stored away or fixed in position
26 Open storage spaces empty
27 No gas cartridges or other easily flammable materials stored in
the roof cupboard of the awning light
38 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Before the journey
4
28 Refrigerator door secured
29 Refrigerator set to 12 V operation
30 All drawers and flaps closed
31 Inner doors and table secured
32 Dinette table hooked in the lower mounting rail
33 Lift-off table lowered and secured to the benches
34 Folding beds or adjustable beds are locked in place
Gas system
35 Gas bottles firmly fixed in the gas bottle compartment so that
they are unable to turn
36 Protective cap set on top of the gas bottle
37 Regulator tap on the gas bottle and gas isolator taps are
closed
Electrical system
38 Check the battery voltage of the living area battery (see
chapter 9). If a battery voltage is displayed on the panel which
is too low then the living area battery must be re-charged. Ob-
serve the notes and instructions in chapter 9
Commence journey with fully charged living area bat-
tery.
No. Checks Checked
39Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
During the journey
5
5During t he journey
Chapter overview
This chapter contains instructions on how to drive the caravan.
The instructions address the following topics:
driving speed
brakes
driving in reverse
5.1 Driving with the caravan
The main differences between driving with a caravan and driving without a car-
avan are the increased vehicle width and length, a decreased acceleration and
an increased vehicle stopping distance. Therefore, adapt your driving tech-
nique to the altered road behaviour resulting from driving with a caravan.
5.2 Brakes
Before each journey Before each journey, check by means of a braking test:
Does the overrun brake function?
Do the brakes react evenly?
Do the towing vehicle and the caravan remain in the lane when braking?
5.3 Driving in reverse
As far as all models with an automatic reverse driving mechanism are con-
cerned, the caravan can be reversed without difficulty. In addition to the rolling
resistance, residual braking power must be taken into account.
During the journey, no persons are to travel inside the caravan.
The caravan constructions were designed for a maximum permissible
speed of 100 km/h (60 mph). Therefore never drive faster than
100 km/h (60 mph).
Please always observe the speed limits in the individual countries (see
chapter 17).
Have defects on the braking system immediately remedied by an author-
ised specialist workshop.
When driving in reverse, the caravan reacts in exactly the opposite direc-
tion to the steering movements of the towing vehicle. If you steer the towing
vehicle to the left, the caravan moves to the right.
Never back up without a second person to direct you.
40 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
During the journey
5
Driving in reverse: Drive up to the entrance until the rear of the caravan is roughly level with
the entrance (Fig. 11).
Steer the stationary towing vehicle and trailer to the left (Fig. 12).
Reverse with caution. The caravan moves to the right.
As soon as both vehicles are at an approximate angle of 120° to each
other, come to a stop (Fig. 13).
Steer to the right and reverse with caution (Fig. 14).
Continue to reverse, correcting the steering if necessary.
For the last 2 to 3 m, steer to the left once more so that the towing vehicle
and trailer are in line.
Fig. 11 Approach Fig. 12 Steer to the left
Fig. 13 Approach Fig. 14 Steer to the right
The angle between the vehicles must not be too narrow, otherwise the cor-
ners will bump against each other. This can cause major damage to the
vehicles. Get someone to direct you!
41Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Pitching the caravan
6
6Pitching the caravan
Chapter overview
This chapter contains instructions on how to pitch the vehicle.
The instructions address the following topics:
handbrake
wheel chocks
operation of the supports
entrance step
mobile waste water tank
240 V connection
refrigerator
6.1 Handbrake
Firmly apply the handbrake when parking the vehicle.
In order to release it, press the securing button (Fig. 15,2) and lower the hand-
brake (Fig. 15,1).
6.2 Wheel chocks
Use the two wheel chocks even when the upward or downward gradients are
of a minimum. The wheel chocks are situated on the underside in the front of
the caravan.
Pitch the vehicle so that it is as horizontal as possible. Secure the vehicle
to prevent it from rolling.
Animals (especially mice) can cause great damage to the interior of the
vehicle. To prevent this from happening, regularly check the vehicle for
damages or animal traces after pitching.
Fig. 15 Handbrake
Prior to releasing the handbrake, lift the handbrake slightly. This enables
the securing button which is subjected to spring pressure to be pushed in
more lightly.
If there is any risk of frost, release the handbrake every now and then and
apply it again. This will prevent it from freezing or rusting. Prior to releasing
the handbrake, secure the vehicle so that is cannot roll away.
42 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Pitching the caravan
6
Removal: Swivel the retaining clip (Fig. 16,1) down.
Remove the wheel chock (Fig. 16,2) from the holder.
6.3 Corner steadies
In order to stabilise the pitched caravan use the corner steadies fitted as
standard.
With the assistance of the jockey wheel position the pitched caravan in a hor-
izontal position. For control purposes use a small spirit level.
Crank down the corner steadies after the caravan is in an absolutely horizontal
position.
Cranking down:
Place the hand crank provided as standard on the hexagonal nut
(Fig. 17,1) of the corner steady (Fig. 17,2).
Rotate the hand crank in a clockwise direction.
The corner steady is swung downwards.
Cranking upwards:
Turn the crank handle in an anticlockwise direction.
The corner steady is swung upwards.
Fig. 16 Wheel chock
Do not use the fitted corner steadies as a vehicle jack. The corner steadies
are only for stabilising the pitched vehicle. The vehicle wheels are not to be
raised above the ground.
When pitching the vehicle, ensure that the corner steadies are evenly
loaded.
Before driving away, wind up the corner steadies as far as they can go.
When the ground is soft, place a pad or block under the supports in order
to prevent the vehicle from sinking into the ground.
Fig. 17 Corner steady cranked down
43Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Pitching the caravan
6
6.4 Entrance step (free-standing)
Place the entrance step (Fig. 18,1) in front of the entrance to the caravan.
6.5 Waste water tank, mobile
The waste water tank (Fig. 19,1) is stored inside the caravan gas bottle com-
partment during the journey. The drain pipe (Fig. 19,3) of the caravan is
located at the bottom of the vehicle - on the left hand side in the direction of
travel.
Before using the water system: Place the waste water tank under the caravan
in such a way that the opening (Fig. 19,2) of the waste water tank is under the
drain pipe.
6.6 240 V connection
The vehicle can be connected to a 240 V power supply (see chapter 9).
6.7 Refrigerator
The 12 V operation of the refrigerator is only possible when a towing vehicle
is connected and the vehicle engine is running. When the vehicle engine is
switched off, switch the refrigerator to 240 V operation or gas operation.
Make sure that the entrance step stands on secure and level ground.
This will prevent the entrance step from toppling over.
Do not step on the edges of the entrance step. Danger of slipping!
Secure the entrance step to the ground, for example, with tent pegs. This
way the entrance step cannot slip away.
Fig. 18 Entrance step (free-standing)
Fig. 19 Waste water tank, mobile
44 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Pitching the caravan
6
45Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Living
7
7Living
Chapter overview
This chapter contains instructions about living in the vehicle.
The instructions address the following topics:
opening and closing the doors and external flaps
heating the vehicle
ventilation of the vehicle
opening and closing the windows and blinds
opening and closing the skylights
converting tables
positioning the television
lamps
extending the seating groups
use of the beds
7.1 Doors
7.1.1 Conversion door, outside (handle)
Opening: Insert the key into locking cylinder and turn in a clockwise direction
(Fig. 20,1) until the door lock is unlatched.
Return the key to the central position (Fig. 20,2) and remove it.
Turn the door knob in a clockwise direction (Fig. 20,3) until the door lock is
unlatched.
Locking:
Insert the key into locking cylinder and turn a quarter turn in an anticlock-
wise direction (Fig. 21,1).
Return the key to the central position (Fig. 21,2) and remove it.
Only drive with locked doors.
Locking the doors can prevent them from opening of their own accord, e.g.
during an accident.
Locked doors also prevent forced entry, e.g. when waiting at traffic lights.
When leaving the vehicle, always lock the doors.
For conversion doors with a left-hand opening, locking and opening is done
in the reverse directions to those of the conversion door shown.
Fig. 20 Door lock of conversion door,
outside, opening
Fig. 21 Door lock of conversion door,
outside, locking
46 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Living
7
7.1.2 Conversion door, outside (hinged handle)
Opening: Insert the key in the locking cylinder (Fig. 22,1) and turn it in a clockwise
direction until the door lock is unlatched.
Return the key to the central position and remove it.
Pull on the handle (Fig. 22,2). The door is open.
Locking:
Insert the key in the locking cylinder (Fig. 22,1) and turn it in an anticlock-
wise direction until the door lock is engaged.
Return the key to the central position and remove it.
7.1.3 Conversion door, inside
Opening: Push the handle (Fig. 23,1) down.
Locking:
Press the handle (Fig. 24,1) approx. 45° upward and leave it in this posi-
tion.
Fig. 22 Door lock, outside
Fig. 23 Door lock of conversion door,
inside, open
Fig. 24 Door lock of conversion door,
inside, locked
47Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Living
7
7.1.4 Split conversion door
The split conversion door can be adjusted with the catch levers so that only
the upper part of the door can be opened. The lower part of the conversion
door remains locked.
Opening the upper part of
the door:
Lock the lower part of the door. In order to carry this out turn catch lever
(Fig. 25,1) a quarter turn in a clockwise direction.
Open the upper part of the door.
7.1.5 Insect screen on the conversion door, extendable
Closing: Pull out the insect screen completely by the bar (Fig. 26,1).
Opening:
Push the insect screen into its initial position by the bar (Fig. 26,1).
Fig. 25 Catch lever on the lower part of
the door
For conversion doors with a right-hand opening, locking and opening is
done in the reverse directions to those of the conversion door shown.
Open the insect screen completely before closing the conversion door.
Fig. 26 Insect screen
48 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Living
7
7.1.6 Blind on the conversion door
The blind of the conversion door is located in the upper blind box.
Closing:
Pull blind downwards by the handle (Fig. 27,2) and lock it into place.
Opening:
Pull blind downwards gently by the handle (Fig. 27,2) and push the
unlocking bar (Fig. 27,1) outwards. The lock (Fig. 27,4) is released from
the holder (Fig. 27,3).
Use handle to return the blind slowly to its initial position.
7.2 External flaps
The external flaps fitted to the vehicle are all fitted with identical locking cylin-
ders. Therefore, all locks can be opened with a single key.
7.2.1 Flap lock rear flap, outside
Opening: Insert the key into locking cylinder (Fig. 28,2) and turn until the flap lock is
unlatched.
Return the key to the central position and remove it.
Pull on the handle (Fig. 28,1). The rear flap is open.
Fig. 27 Blind
Before commencing the journey, close all external flaps and lock them.
To open and close the external flap, open or close all locks that are fitted
to the external flap.
When leaving the vehicle, close all external flaps.
Fig. 28 Flap lock rear flap, outside
49Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Living
7
Locking: Insert the key into locking cylinder (Fig. 28,2) and turn until the flap lock is
engaged.
Return the key to the central position and remove it.
7.2.2 Flap lock rear flap, inside
Opening: Pull on the handle (Fig. 29,2). The flap lock is unlatched. The locking lever
(Fig. 29,1) jumps out automatically.
Locking:
Press the locking lever (Fig. 29,1).
7.2.3 Flap lock, elliptical-shaped
Opening: Insert key into locking cylinder (Fig. 30,1) and turn a quarter turn in an anti-
clockwise direction. The lock handle (Fig. 30,2) snaps out.
Remove the key.
Turn lock handle one quarter turn in an anticlockwise direction. The flap
lock is open.
Closing:
Firmly close the external flap.
Turn lock handle in a clockwise direction until it is horizontal. The flap lock
is now engaged but not locked.
Insert key into locking cylinder.
Fig. 29 Flap lock rear flap, inside
During rain, water can penetrate the opened flap lock. Therefore close the
lock handle.
Fig. 30 Flap lock, elliptical-shaped,
closed
50 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Living
7
Press down lock handle with key inserted and turn key a quarter turn in a
clockwise direction. The lock handle will stay bolted.
Remove the key.
7.2.4 Flap lock, rectangular
Opening: Insert key into locking cylinder (Fig. 31,1) and turn a quarter turn. The lock
handle (Fig. 31,2) snaps out.
Remove the key.
Turn the lock handle one quarter turn. The flap lock is open.
Closing:
Firmly close the external flap.
Turn lock handle until it is horizontal. The flap lock is now engaged but not
locked.
Insert key into locking cylinder.
Press down lock handle with key inserted and turn key a quarter turn. The
lock handle will stay bolted.
Remove the key.
7.2.5 Flap for toilet cassette
Opening: Insert key into locking cylinder (Fig. 32,1) of the push-button lock and turn
a quarter turn.
Remove the key.
Press both push-button locks (Fig. 32,2) simultaneously with your thumb
and open the flap for the toilet cassette.
Fig. 31 Flap lock, rectangular, closed
Fig. 32 Flap for toilet cassette
51Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Living
7
Closing: Close the flap for the toilet cassette and press it shut.
Insert key into locking cylinder (Fig. 32,1) and turn a quarter turn.
Remove the key.
7.2.6 Cap for the drinking water filler neck
Opening: Insert the key in the locking cylinder (Fig. 33,2) and turn it in an anticlock-
wise direction.
Remove the cap.
Closing:
Insert the cap in the drinking water filler neck.
Turn key in a clockwise direction.
Remove the key.
7.2.7 External flap 240 V connection
Opening: Hold external flap (Fig. 34,1) on the lug (Fig. 34,2) and swivel upwards.
Closing:
Swivel the external flap (Fig. 34,1) downwards and press it shut.
Fig. 33 Cap for the drinking water filler
neck
The drinking water filler neck is labelled with the word "WASSER" (water)
(Fig. 33,1).
Fig. 34 External flap 240 V connection
52 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Living
7
7.3 Heating
7.4 Ventilation
Condensation Ensure that there is a continuous exchange of air by providing frequent and
efficient ventilation. This is the only method for ensuring that condensation is
not formed during cool weather. During the colder season, a pleasant living cli-
mate is created if heating output, air distribution and ventilation are synchro-
nized. If the vehicle is laid up for a longer period, occasionally ventilate it well,
especially in summer as heat accumulation can occur.
7.5 Windows
During heater operation, the exhaust gas pipe in the wardrobe will get
hot. Therefore do not keep any heat-sensitive garments right next to the
exhaust gas pipe (see also chapter 10).
The operation of the heater is described in chapter 10.
The oxygen in the vehicle interior is used up by breathing and the use of
gas operated appliances. That is why the oxygen needs to be replaced
on a constant basis. For this purpose, forced ventilation options (e.g.
skylights with forced ventilation, mushroom-shaped vents or floor vents)
are fitted to the vehicle. Never cover or block forced ventilations from the
inside or outside with objects such as e.g. a winter mat. Keep forced ven-
tilations clear of snow and leaves. There is a danger of suffocation due
to increased CO
2
levels.
Although sufficient ventilation is provided, in certain weather conditions,
condensation can form on metal objects (e.g. screwed connections in the
floor).
Additional cold spots can occur at thermal "bridges" (e.g. mushroom-
shaped vents, skylight edges, sockets, filler necks, flaps, etc.).
The windows are fitted with a blind and an insect screen. After the latch has
been released, the blind and insect screen automatically spring back to the
initial position by tensile force. In order not to damage the tension
mechanics, hold onto the blind or insect screen and allow it to slowly return
to the initial position.
Do not keep blinds closed over a longer period of time as that can cause
increased material wear.
If the blind is completely closed, exposure to direct sunlight can cause heat
to accumulate between the blind and the glass window. The window could
be damaged. For that reason, close the blind only 2/3 of the way in direct
sunlight.
Before commencing the journey, close the windows.
Depending on the weather, close the windows far enough to prevent mois-
ture from entering.
To open and close the hinged window, open or close all catch levers which
are fitted to the hinged window.
53Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Living
7
7.5.1 Hinged window with rotary hinges
Opening: Turn the catch lever (Fig. 35,3) a quarter turn towards the centre of the
window.
Open the hinged window until the required position has been reached and
use knurled knob (Fig. 36,1) to secure in position.
The hinged window remains locked in the required position.
Closing:
Turn knurled knob (Fig. 36,1) until the latch is released.
Close the hinged window.
Turn the catch lever (Fig. 35,3) a quarter turn towards the window frame.
The locking catch (Fig. 35,2) is located on the inside of the window catch
(Fig. 35,1).
Continuous ventilation With the catch lever, the hinged window can be placed in 2 positions:
"Continuous ventilation" (Fig. 37)
Firmly closed (Fig. 35)
When leaving the vehicle, always close the windows.
In extreme weather conditions or if the temperature fluctuates strongly, a
light condensation film can form on the double-glazed acrylic glass. The
glass is designed in such a way that condensation can evaporate when the
external temperature increases. There is no danger of the double-glazed
acrylic glass being damaged by condensation.
When opening the hinged windows, ensure that there are no torsional
forces. Open and close the hinged windows evenly.
Fig. 35 Catch lever in "closed" position Fig. 36 Hinged window with rotary
hinges, open
Fig. 37 Catch lever in the "continuous
ventilation" position
54 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Living
7
To place the hinged window into the "continuous ventilation" position:
Turn the catch lever (Fig. 37,3) a quarter turn towards the centre of the
window.
Lightly open the hinged window outwards.
Return the catch lever to its initial position. The locking catch (Fig. 37,2)
has to be moved into the recess of window catch (Fig. 37,1).
During the journey, the hinged window may not be in "continuous ventilation"
position.
If it rains, the "continuous ventilation" hinged window position could lead to
splashing water penetrating the living area. Therefore, close the hinged win-
dows completely.
7.5.2 Hinged window with automatic hinges
Opening: Press the safety knob (Fig. 38,1) and keep it pressed.
Turn the catch lever (Fig. 38,2) a quarter turn towards the centre of the
window.
Open the hinged window to the desired latched position. The automatic
hinge (Fig. 39,1) locks in place automatically.
The hinged window remains locked in the required position.
Closing:
Open the hinged window as wide as is necessary to release the lock.
Close the hinged window.
Press the safety knob (Fig. 38,1) and keep it pressed.
Turn the catch lever (Fig. 38,2) a quarter turn towards the window frame.
The locking catch (Fig. 38,3) on the catch lever is entirely on the inner side
of the window catch (Fig. 38,4).
Open the window completely, to release the lock. If the locking device is
not released and the window is closed nevertheless, there is the danger of
the window breaking due to the massive counter-pressure.
When opening the hinged windows, ensure that there are no torsional
forces. Open and close the hinged windows evenly.
If the catch lever is equipped with a safety knob, press the safety knob
when operating the catch lever.
Fig. 38 Catch lever in "closed" position Fig. 39 Hinged window with automatic
hinges
55Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Living
7
Continuous ventilation With the catch lever, the hinged window can be placed in two positions:
"Continuous ventilation" (Fig. 40)
Firmly closed (Fig. 38)
To place the hinged window into the "continuous ventilation" position:
Press the safety knob (Fig. 40,1) and keep it pressed.
Turn the catch lever (Fig. 40,3) a quarter turn towards the centre of the
window.
Lightly open the hinged window outwards.
Return the catch lever to its initial position. Move the locking catch
(Fig. 40,3) on the catch lever into the recess of the window catch
(Fig. 40,4).
Release the safety knob (Fig. 40,1).
Make certain that the safety knob is not pushed in but rather that it secures
the catch lever.
During the journey, the hinged window may not be in "continuous ventilation"
position.
If it rains, the "continuous ventilation" hinged window position could lead to
splashing water penetrating the living area. Therefore, close the hinged win-
dows completely.
7.5.3 Blind and insect screen
The windows are fitted with a blind and an insect screen. The blind and insect
screen are adjusted separately.
Fig. 40 Catch lever in the "continuous
ventilation" position
Open blinds before commencing the journey. When the blinds are closed,
vibrations can damage the spring shaft.
Depending on the window size, the blinds are fitted with one or two han-
dles.
56 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Living
7
Blind The blind is located in the upper blind box.
Closing:
Pull blind at the handle (Fig. 41,2) downwards. If the blind is to be com-
pletely closed, it is suspended into the locking devices (Fig. 41,3) situated
on both sides of the window frame.
Opening:
If the blind is completely closed: Press handle (Fig. 41,2) downwards and,
at the same time, tilt it slightly inward. The blind can be taken out of the
locking devices situated on both sides of the window frame.
If the blind is in an intermediate position: Pull the handle (Fig. 41,2) slightly
downwards until the locking device releases.
Use handle to return blind slowly to its initial position.
Insect screen The insect screen is located in the upper blind box.
Closing:
Pull insect screen at the handle (Fig. 41,1) down and hang it into the
locking devices (Fig. 41,3) situated on both sides of the window frame.
Opening:
Press handle (Fig. 41,1) downwards and, at the same time, tilt it slightly
inward. The insect screen can be taken out of the locking devices situated
on both sides of the window frame.
Use handle to return the insect screen slowly to its initial position.
7.6 Skylights
Depending on the model, skylights with or without forced ventilation are fitted
to the vehicle. If a skylight is fitted without forced ventilation, the forced venti-
lation is performed using mushroom-shaped vents.
Fig. 41 Hinged window
The apertures for forced ventilation must always be kept open. Never
cover or block forced ventilations with objects such as e.g. a winter mat.
Keep forced ventilations clear of snow and leaves.
The skylights are fitted with a blind or Roman shade and with an insect
screen or folding insect screen. After the latch has been released, the blind
and insect screen automatically spring back to the initial position by tensile
force. In order not to damage the tension mechanics, hold onto the blind or
insect screen and allow it to slowly return to the initial position.
Do not keep blinds closed over a longer period of time as that can cause
increased material wear.
57Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Living
7
7.6.1 Skylight with snap latch (variant 1)
Depending on the model, a skylight with forced ventilation (Fig. 42,1) is built in
the toilet compartment.
The skylight can be pushed upwards either from one side or from both sides.
Opening:
Pull on the handle (Fig. 43,2).
Fold insect screen (Fig. 43,1) downward.
Push the spring-loaded latch (Fig. 44,2) towards the inside of the skylight.
At the same time use the handle (Fig. 44,1) to press the skylight upwards.
Swing insect screen upwards (Fig. 43,1) until it latches in place.
If the blind or the Roman shade is completely closed, exposure to direct
sunlight can cause heat to accumulate between the blind/the Roman shade
and the skylight. The skylight could be damaged. For that reason, close the
blind/Roman shade only 2/3 of the way in direct sunlight. Open the skylight
slightly or move it to ventilation position.
Depending on the weather, close the skylights far enough to prevent mois-
ture from entering.
Do not climb on the skylights.
Before commencing the journey, close the skylights.
Before commencing the journey, check that the skylights are closed and
locked.
Before commencing the journey, open the blinds or Roman shades.
Apply talc to the rubber seals of the skylights at least once a year.
When leaving the vehicle, always close the skylights.
Fig. 42 Forced ventilation
Fig. 43 Insect screen Fig. 44 Skylight, handle
58 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Living
7
Closing: Pull on the handle (Fig. 43,2).
Fold insect screen (Fig. 43,1) downward.
Using both handles (Fig. 44,1), pull down the skylight with force until the
two snap latches lock into place.
Swing insect screen upwards (Fig. 43,1) until it latches in place.
Blind To close and open the blind:
Closing:
Pull the blind (Fig. 45,1) using the handle (Fig. 45,2) and hook the hooks
(Fig. 45,3) in the opening (Fig. 45,4).
Opening:
Pull the hooks (Fig. 45,3) out of the opening (Fig. 45,4) and guide the blind
back.
7.6.2 Skylight with snap latch (variant 2)
The skylight can be pushed upwards either from one side or from both sides.
Opening:
Pull down the insect screen (Fig. 46,2) with the handle (Fig. 46,1). The
insect screen folds down.
Press the skylight up using both handles (Fig. 46,3).
Fold up the insect screen and latch it in the frame (Fig. 46,4).
Closing:
Pull down the insect screen (Fig. 46,2) with the handle (Fig. 46,1). The
insect screen folds down.
Pull down the skylight with force using both handles (Fig. 46,3).
Fold up the insect screen and latch it in the frame (Fig. 46,4).
Fig. 45 Blind
Fig. 46 Skylight with snap latch
(variant 2)
59Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Living
7
7.6.3 Hinged skylight
The hinged skylight may be opened on one side only. Three inclination angles
and a ventilation position are available.
An extension hook is included as standard equipment.
Opening:
Turn the lever (Fig. 47,1 or Fig. 48,3) one quarter turn.
Grip lever and push hinged skylight upwards.
Closing:
Grip lever and pull hinged skylight downwards.
Turn the lever one quarter turn. The latch (Fig. 47,4) must slide into the
lower aperture (Fig. 47,3).
Locking in the ventilation
position:
Grip lever and pull hinged skylight downwards.
Turn the lever one quarter turn. The latch (Fig. 47,4) must slide into the
upper aperture (Fig. 47,2).
Roman shade The Roman shade may be closed at any position, either with the hinged sky-
light open or closed.
Closing:
Pull out Roman shade (Fig. 48,1) and release in the required position. The
Roman shade will stay in that position.
Opening:
Slowly push the Roman shade at the handle to its initial position.
Insect screen
Closing:
Pull insect screen (Fig. 48,2) out until it engages with the latch on the oppo-
site side.
Opening:
Slightly push up insect screen along the strip. The latch is released.
Slowly return insect screen into its initial position.
Fig. 47 Hinged skylight, lock Fig. 48 Hinged skylight
If it rains and the hinged skylight is in ventilation position, that could lead to
water penetrating the living area. Therefore close hinged skylight com-
pletely.
The insect screen may be damaged if it is closed with the hinged skylight
closed. Therefore only close the insect screen when the hinged skylight is
open.
60 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Living
7
7.6.4 Heki skylight (mini and midi)
The Heki skylight is opened on one side only.
Opening:
Press the safety knob (Fig. 49,2) and pull the bar (Fig. 49,1) down with both
hands.
Pull the bar (Fig. 50,1) in the guides (Fig. 50,2) to the rearmost position
(Fig. 50,3).
Closing:
Use both hands to push the bar (Fig. 50,1) slightly upwards.
Push the bar back in the guides.
Push the bar upwards with both hands until it is above the safety knob
(Fig. 49,2).
Ventilation position The Heki skylight can be put in two ventilation positions: Bad weather position
(Fig. 51,1) and central position (Fig. 51,2). Depending on the model, the sky-
light can be locked in the central position with the latch (Fig. 52,1).
Press the safety knob (Fig. 49,2) and pull the bar (Fig. 49,1) down with both
hands.
Pull the bar in the guides (Fig. 50,2) to the desired position.
Push the bar slightly upwards and into the selected guide (Fig. 51,1 or 2)
and lock if necessary.
Roman shade To close and open the Roman shade:
Closing:
Pull out Roman shade at the handle and release in the required position.
The Roman shade will stay in that position.
Fig. 49 Safety knob on the Heki sky-
light
Fig. 50 Heki skylight, guide
Fig. 51 Heki skylight in ventilation
position
Fig. 52 Ventilation position locking
mechanism
61Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Living
7
Opening: Slowly push the Roman shade at the handle to its initial position.
Insect screen To close and open the insect screen:
Closing:
Pull the insect screen by the handle to the opposite handle of the Roman
shade.
Opening:
Press the rear part of the handle of the insect screen. The latch is released.
Use handle to return the insect screen slowly to its initial position.
7.6.5 Heki skylight
The Heki skylight may be opened on one side only.
Opening:
Press the safety knob (Fig. 53,1) and turn the catch lever (Fig. 53,2) one
quarter turn inward.
Pull the bar (Fig. 53,4) downwards out of the latch.
Press the Heki skylight upwards using the bar.
Press the bar back into the latch.
Closing:
Pull the bar (Fig. 53,4) downwards out of the latch.
Pull the Heki skylight downward using the bar.
Turn the catch lever (Fig. 53,2 and Fig. 54,2) one quarter turn. The hook of
the roof lock (Fig. 54,5) must engage in the upper locking fork (Fig. 54,3).
Press the bar back into the latch.
Ventilation position
(variant 1):
Open Heki skylight and push lightly outwards.
Press the safety knob (Fig. 54,1) and turn the catch lever (Fig. 54,2) back.
The hook of the roof lock (Fig. 54,5) must engage in the lower locking fork
(Fig. 54,4).
Press the bar back into the latch.
Fig. 53 Heki skylight, closed Fig. 54 Heki skylight in ventilation
position 1
62 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Living
7
Ventilation position
(variant 2):
Open Heki skylight.
Insert the bar (Fig. 55,3) into the holder (Fig. 55,1).
Place the lever (Fig. 55,2) over the bar.
Roman shade To close and open the Roman shade:
Closing:
Pull out Roman shade at the handle (Fig. 56,2) and release in the required
position. The Roman shade will stay in that position.
Opening:
Slowly push the Roman shade at the handle to its initial position.
Insect screen To close and open the insect screen:
Closing:
Pull insect screen at the handle (Fig. 56,1) to the opposite handle of the
Roman shade (Fig. 56,2) and allow to engage.
Opening:
At the back, press the insect screen handle upward and unhook the insect
screen on the Roman shade (Fig. 56,2).
Use handle to return the insect screen slowly to its initial position.
Fig. 55 Heki skylight in ventilation
position 2
Fig. 56 Heki skylight, blind lock
63Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Living
7
7.6.6 Wind-up skylight
The wind-up skylight can be opened using the manual crank.
Opening:
Rotate the hand crank (Fig. 57,2) until a resistance can be felt (max.
opening angle 70°).
Closing:
Rotate the hand crank until the wind-up skylight is closed. The wind-up sky-
light can be locked after rotating two or three more times.
Check the locking mechanism. To do so, press your hand against the
acrylic glass.
Roman shade The Roman shade can be closed in any position, as desired. If the Roman
shade is locked with the insect screen, the insect screen is also moved along
on closing the Roman shade.
Closing:
Pull the handle of the Roman shade (Fig. 57,3) and release in the desired
position. The Roman shade will stay in that position.
Opening:
Slowly push the Roman shade at the handle to its initial position.
Insect screen If the insect screen is locked with the Roman shade, the Roman shade is also
moved along on closing the insect screen.
Closing:
Pull insect screen at the handle (Fig. 57,1) to the opposite handle of the
Roman shade (Fig. 57,3) and allow to engage.
Opening:
Press the handle of the insect screen (Fig. 57,1) at the back upwards and
detach the insect screen from the Roman shade (Fig. 57,3).
Slowly push insect screen at the handle to its initial position.
Fig. 57 Wind-up skylight
64 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Living
7
7.7 Tables
7.7.1 Suspension table with fold-out leg
The table's fold-out leg enables it to be used as a bed foundation.
Conversion to bed
foundation:
Lift the front of the table-top (Fig. 58,1) by approx. 45°.
Pull the lower part of the fold-out leg (Fig. 58,2) down and fold through 90°.
Remove the table from its retainer.
Insert the table into the lower retainer.
7.7.2 Swivel table
Fastening to the floor: Place swivel table next to the holder (Fig. 59,3) or on the holder (Fig. 60,2).
Place the bar (Fig. 59,2) with the securing bolt (Fig. 59,1) over the table
leg.
Move the bar and possibly also the swivel table in such a way that the
securing bolt (Fig. 59,1 or Fig. 60,1) can be screwed into the holder
(Fig. 59,3 or Fig. 60,2).
Screw securing bolt into the holder and tighten firmly.
The swivel table's swivel mechanism enables it to be used as a bed founda-
tion.
Fig. 58 Bed foundation
Before commencing the journey, reduce the size of the swivel table and
secure it.
Fig. 59 Latch for swivel table with
metal frame
Fig. 60 Latch for swivel table with
plastic frame
65Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Living
7
Conversion to bed
foundation (swivel table with
metal frame):
Push the handle (Fig. 61,2) upwards.
Swivel the table-top (Fig. 61,1) down with a circular movement until the
handle locks into place.
Conversion to bed
foundation (swivel table with
plastic frame):
Rotate handle (Fig. 62,2) into the horizontal position.
Swivel the table-top (Fig. 62,1) downward in a circular movement.
Insert safety plate (Fig. 63,1). The swivel mechanism is locked.
7.7.3 Folding table, free-standing
Putting up: Take the folding table out of the holder in the wardrobe.
Place the folding table with the legs upwards onto the seat cushions.
Fig. 61 Lock for swivel table with metal
frame
Fig. 62 Lock for swivel table with
plastic frame
Fig. 63 Safety plate for swivel table
with plastic frame
Before commencing the journey, always retract the folding table and store
it in the holder provided for this purpose.
Fig. 64 Folding table, free-standing
66 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Living
7
Fold the legs (Fig. 64,4) one after the other outwards, until the support clips
(Fig. 64,2) engage in the hooks (Fig. 64,1) of the guides.
Carefully turn round the folding table and place it between the benches.
Removal:
Carefully turn the folding table round and place it with the legs upwards
onto the seat cushions.
Pull the levers (Fig. 64,3) on both legs one after the other and fully retract
the legs (Fig. 64,4).
Place the folding table in the holder in the wardrobe and secure it.
Extending the table surface:
Pull the complete cover plate of the bedside locker (Fig. 65,2) forwards.
Fold the upper part of the cover plate (Fig. 65,1) backwards (Fig. 65).
7.7.4 Swivel table of the rear seating group
The table top can be swiveled into different positions.
Swivelling the table top
Loosen the tommy screws (Fig. 66,1, 3 and 5).
Swivel table top (Fig. 66,2) into required position.
Tighten the tommy screws again.
The swivel table can be removed for the bed conversion.
Removing the swivel table
for bed conversion
Undo the tommy screw (Fig. 66,5).
Pull the table top (Fig. 66,2) with the table leg (Fig. 66,4) out of the holder
(Fig. 66,6) and put it to one side.
Fig. 65 Folding table, bedside locker
Fig. 66 Swivel table
1Tommy screw
2Table-top
3Tommy screw
4 Table leg
5Tommy screw
6 Holder
67Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Living
7
7.7.5 Lift-off table for the round seating group
The lift-off table's lifting mechanism permits it to be used as a bed foundation.
Conversion to bed
foundation:
Swivel the catch lever (Fig. 67,3) to the left. The lock is open.
Press the table-top (Fig. 67,2) in the middle downwards to the desired stop
limit (Fig. 67,1 or 4) and hold it down.
Swivel the catch lever (Fig. 67,3) to the right. The lift-off table is locked.
7.8 Television
Flat screen in the TV
cabinet
The flat screen is attached to a console in the TV cabinet.
Pulling the television
console forward:
Press the release knob (Fig. 68,5) and pull the holder for the flat screen for-
ward as far as possible by the handle (Fig. 68,4).
The lift-off table is not secured to the floor. Before the journey, lower the lift-
off table to the top limit and secure to the benches with the straps provided.
Fig. 67 Lift-off table for the round
seating group
Before commencing the journey, remove the television from the support
and store it securely.
Before commencing the journey, place and secure the flat screen and
screen support in the initial position. If the screen holder is installed in a
TV cabinet: Close TV cabinet.
Before commencing the journey, ensure that the antenna is in park posi-
tion. Danger of accidents!
Fig. 68 TV cabinet
68 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Living
7
Swivelling the television
console:
Pull the release knob (Fig. 68,1) and swivel flat screen (Fig. 68,2) to the
desired position.
Loosen knurled screw (Fig. 68,3).
Set the desired angle for the flat screen and re-tighten the knurled screw.
Flat screen with jointed
arm
The flat screen is fastened to a jointed arm.
Positioning the flat screen
with jointed arm:
Pull on the fabric strip (Fig. 69,3) to unlock the jointed arm (Fig. 69,2).
Swivel flat screen (Fig. 69,1) into the required position.
Take hold of the flat screen at the top and bottom edge with both hands and
set the desired angle of inclination.
Flat screen with swivel
arm
The flat screen is fastened to a swivel arm.
Positioning the flat screen
with swivel arm:
Pull up the release knobs (Fig. 70,1 and 3) to unlock the swivel arm.
Swivel the flat screen with the holder (Fig. 70,2) into the desired position.
7.9 Lamps
Fig. 69 Flat screen with jointed arm
Fig. 70 Swivel arm for flat screen
Bulbs and light fittings can be extremely hot.
Allow the light bulbs and lamp holders to cool down before touching
them.
If the light is switched on or still hot, there must always be a safety dis-
tance of at least 30 cm between stores or curtains and flammable
objects. Fire hazard!
69Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Living
7
Turning spotlight: Grasp the housing (Fig. 71,2) and turn it.
The housing can be turned in different directions:
To the left and to the right
Up and down
Shifting spotlight:
Grasp the holder (Fig. 71,1).
Push spotlight along the rail system to desired position.
7.10 Extending the central seating group
Extending: Fold up the bench seat extension (Fig. 72,1). The support (Fig. 72,2) locks
automatically into place.
Lay the additional cushion onto the bench seat extension.
Retracting:
Take the additional cushion from the bench seat extension and store it.
Press the support (Fig. 72,2) against the resistance of the coil spring
(Fig. 72,3) upwards in the direction of the arrow. The bench seat extension
is unlocked.
Fold down the bench seat extension.
The light switches have different layouts according to the model. The light
switches are located either directly on the corresponding lamp or next to
the lamp, e.g. in the vicinity of the seating group.
Fig. 71 Spotlight
Fig. 72 Support for bench seat exten-
sion
70 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Living
7
7.11 Beds
7.11.1 Bunk bed
Depending on the model, the vehicle is fitted with a bunk bed. The bunk bed
can be used immediately, without additional conversion.
Always use the access ladder provided to climb up to the top bed.
7.11.2 Bunk bed, folding
When the bunk bed is folded up, secure it with the retaining belt (Fig. 73,1).
Depending on the model, the vehicle is fitted with a folding bunk bed. When
the bunk bed is folded down, it can be used immediately without any additional
conversion.
The bunk beds can be folded up. The space under the bed can be used for
storage.
Only use the bunk bed, if the safety net is set up.
The maximum permitted bunk bed load is 100 kg.
Never allow small children to remain in the bunk bed without supervision.
But in particular with regard to small children less than 6 years of age,
users should ensure that they cannot fall out of the bunk bed.
Use separate children's beds or travel cots suitable for children.
The maximum permitted bunk bed load is 100 kg.
Never allow small children to remain in the bunk bed without supervision.
But in particular with regard to small children less than 6 years of age,
users should ensure that they cannot fall out of the bunk bed.
Use separate children's beds or travel cots suitable for children.
Fig. 73 Bunk bed, folding
71Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Living
7
7.11.3 Fixed bed (gas-pressure springs)
A storage compartment is underneath the bed. Lift up the slatted frame to
place items in the storage compartment or to empty it from the inside of the
vehicle.
Opening:
Lift the mattress forwards and set it down on the panel.
Lift slatted frame. The gas-pressure springs (Fig. 74,1) hold the slatted
frame open.
Closing:
Press the slatted frame downwards against the resistance of the gas-pres-
sure springs.
If necessary, push the mattress behind the panel.
7.11.4 Rear bed, adjustable
Fig. 74 Fixed bed
Do not reach into the area between the bed and the side wall when low-
ering or raising. Danger of bruises!
Only lower or raise the bed when there are no loads on it.
Only lower or raise the bed when the space between the bed and the
side wall is clear.
Only lower the bed if the lowering area in the rear garage is clear.
The bed can be adjusted to any height between both end positions.
The socket for inserting the hand crank is located on the rear bed frame.
If the rear bed is operated electrically, the rocker switch for raising and low-
ering the rear bed is located in the upper section of the right partition wall.
72 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Living
7
Mechanical operation The rear bed is raised or lowered with a hand crank.
Lifting the bed:
Insert the hand crank (Fig. 75,3) in the crank socket (Fig. 75,2) in the bed
frame (Fig. 75,1) and turn the hand crank until the bed is a little higher than
the desired position of the support brackets or at the end position.
Bring the four support brackets (Fig. 76,2) to the desired height and insert
the safety tabs in the holes (Fig. 76,3) on the four support rails (Fig. 76,1).
Turn the hand crank until the bed lies on the support brackets.
Remove hand crank and store securely.
Lowering the bed:
Insert the hand crank (Fig. 75,3) in the crank socket (Fig. 75,2) on the bed
frame (Fig. 75,1) and turn the hand crank until the bed has moved up a
little.
Pull out the four support brackets (Fig. 76,2) from the holes (Fig. 76,3) on
the four support rails (Fig. 76,1) and re-insert them at the desired position.
Turn the hand crank until the bed lies on the support brackets.
Remove hand crank and store securely.
Electric operation The rear bed is raised or lowered with a rocker switch.
Lifting the bed:
Press upper part of the rocker switch (Fig. 77,1) and keep it pressed until
the bed is located somewhat over the desired position or at the end posi-
tion.
Bring the four support brackets (Fig. 78,2) to the desired height and insert
the safety tabs in the holes (Fig. 78,3) on the four support rails (Fig. 78,1).
Press lower part of the rocker switch (Fig. 77,1) and keep it pressed until
the bed rests on the support brackets.
Fig. 75 Hand crank Fig. 76 Support bracket for the rear
bed
Fig. 77 Operating switch for the elec-
tronically adjustable rear bed
Fig. 78 Support bracket for the rear
bed
73Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Living
7
Lowering the bed: Press upper part of the rocker switch (Fig. 77,1) and keep it pressed until
the bed has slightly moved upwards.
Pull out the four support brackets (Fig. 78,2) from the holes (Fig. 78,3) on
the four support rails (Fig. 78,1) and re-insert them at the desired position.
Press lower part of the rocker switch (Fig. 77,1) and keep it pressed until
the bed rests on the support brackets.
7.11.5 Folding bed
Unfold: Remove the table from the upper retainer and lay it aside.
Remove the cushions from the seating group and lay them aside.
Grip the folded sleeping area (Fig. 79,1) of the folding bed in the middle
with one hand and tilt it slightly forwards.
Grip the folded sleeping area with the other hand from below and press
upwards.
During the upward motion, pull the lower edge of the folded sleeping area
forwards and tilt the upper edge backwards (Fig. 80).
The maximum permitted folding bed load is 50 kg.
Always use folding bed with the safety net in position.
An uncontrolled opening of the bed can lead to an accident.
Never allow small children to remain in the folding bed without supervi-
sion.
But in particular with regard to small children less than 6 years of age,
users should ensure that they cannot fall out of the folding bed.
Use separate children's beds or travel cots suitable for children.
Take care when swivelling the folding bed. Curtains or net curtains could
be trapped and damaged.
Fig. 79 Lift the folding bed Fig. 80 Swivel the folding bed
74 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Living
7
Swivel the folded sleeping area as far as possible. Ensure that the curtains
and net curtains are on the outside of the supports (Fig. 81,1).
Release the securing strap.
Fold the split sleeping area backwards (Fig. 81).
Pull the safety net (Fig. 82,3) to the inside and let it hang down.
Place the mattress (Fig. 82,5) onto the sleeping area.
Hook the access ladder into the holders (Fig. 82,4) of the folding bed.
Lock the retaining straps (Fig. 82,2) of the safety net in the holders on the
ceiling (Fig. 82,1).
Convert the seating group under the folding chair to a bed (see
section 7.7).
Folding together:
Release the retaining straps of the safety net from the holders on the
ceiling.
Unhook the access ladder from the flush of the folding bed and store it.
Remove the cushions from the lower bed and the table and lay them aside.
Remove the mattress from the sleeping area and store it.
Lay the safety net onto the sleeping area.
Fold the back part of the split sleeping area forwards (Fig. 83).
Lift up the folded sleeping area at the back.
Press the front edge of the split sleeping area backwards and downwards
and swivel downwards as far as possible.
Complete the seating group with the cushions and the table.
Fig. 81 Sleeping area unfolded Fig. 82 Folding bed, set up
Fig. 83 Folding bed, folding together
75Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Living
7
7.12 Converting seating groups for sleeping
7.12.1 Bench seating group and side seating group
Convert the table (Fig. 84,3) to a bed foundation (see section 7.7).
Insert the bar (Fig. 84,4) or pull it to the centre. The bar is correctly posi-
tioned if it supports the table-top directly behind the table leg.
Pull the seat cushions (Fig. 85,2) into the centre.
Insert the back cushions (Fig. 85,1) between the seat cushions and the
wall.
In the event of an accident, emergency braking or on uneven road sur-
faces, additional cushions with reinforced undersides can be thrown
through the vehicle and damage parts of the equipment. Before setting off,
stow the additional cushions safely away or secure them with the straps
provided for that purpose.
Depending on the model, the seating group can be different in shape and
position to the one shown here.
Fig. 84 Prior to conversion
Fig. 85 After conversion
1 Back cushion
2 Seat cushion
3 Table
4Bar
5 Mounting rail
Depending on the model, an enclosed additional cushion must be inserted
between the seat cushions.
76 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Living
7
7.12.2 Round seating group with rectangular table
Convert the table (Fig. 86,3) to a bed foundation (see section 7.7).
Pull the seat cushions (Fig. 87,2) into the centre.
Insert the back cushions (Fig. 87,1) between the seat cushions and the
exterior wall.
Remove the back cushions (Fig. 87,4 and 5) and lay them aside.
Depending on the model, the seating group can be different in shape and
position to the one shown here.
Fig. 86 Prior to conversion
Fig. 87 During conversion
Fig. 88 After conversion
1 Back cushion
2 Seat cushion
3Table
4 Back cushion
5 Back cushion
Depending on the model, an enclosed additional cushion must be inserted
between the seat cushions.
77Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Living
7
7.12.3 Round seating group with round table
Convert the table (Fig. 89,3) to a bed foundation (see section 7.7).
Remove the back cushions (Fig. 90,1, 4 and 5).
Pull the seat cushions (Fig. 91,2) into the centre.
Insert the back cushions (Fig. 91,1) between the seat cushions (Fig. 91,2)
and the exterior wall.
Insert the additional cushion (Fig. 91,6) between the seat cushions
(Fig. 91,2) on the table (Fig. 90,3).
Fig. 89 Prior to conversion
Fig. 90 During conversion
Fig. 91 After conversion
1 Back cushion
2 Seat cushion
3 Table
4 Back cushion
5 Back cushion
6 Additional cushion
78 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Living
7
7.12.4 Rear seating group
Dismantle the table (Fig. 92,3) (see section 7.7).
Remove the back cushions (Fig. 92,1, 4 and 5) and lay them aside.
Attach the bed rod (Fig. 93,7) and push it backwards as far as possible.
Lay the additional board (Fig. 93,8) on the bed rod and the bedding boxes.
Place the additional cushion (Fig. 94,9) on the additional board (Fig. 94,8).
Fig. 92 Prior to conversion
Fig. 93 During conversion
Fig. 94 After conversion
1 Back cushion
2 Seat cushion
3Table
4 Back cushion
5 Back cushion
6 Seat cushion
7Bed rod
8 Additional board
9 Additional cushion
79Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Living
7
7.12.5 Widening the bed into a playing area (variant 1)
Convert the table (Fig. 95,3) to a bed foundation (see section 7.7).
Turn table one quarter turn in a clockwise direction and pull forwards to the
right.
Pull out the bedding box extension (Fig. 95,6).
Lay the additional board (Fig. 96,7) between the table and the bedding box.
Remove the back cushions (Fig. 95,1 and 4).
Lift up the seat cushion (Fig. 96,2) and place it on the bedding box exten-
sion (Fig. 96,6).
Insert the back cushion (Fig. 97,1) between the seat cushion (Fig. 97,2)
and the wall.
Lay the additional cushion (Fig. 97,8) next to the seat cushion.
Insert the back cushion (Fig. 97,5) between the additional cushion and the
bed (Fig. 97,9).
Fig. 95 Prior to conversion
Fig. 96 During conversion
Fig. 97 After conversion
1 Back cushion
2 Seat cushion
3 Table
4 Back cushion
5 Back cushion
6 Bedding box extension
7 Additional board
8 Additional cushion
9Bed
80 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Living
7
7.12.6 Widening the bed into a playing area (variant 2)
Swivel the table (Fig. 98,3) 45° upwards and remove it from the upper
retainer (Fig. 98,5).
Remove table leg (Fig. 98,4).
Insert the bar (Fig. 98,6) or pull it to the centre. The bar is correctly posi-
tioned if it supports the table-top directly behind the holder for the table leg.
Suspend the table in the lower retainer (Fig. 99,6) and set it down on the
bar.
Fold out additional board (Fig. 99,7).
Insert supports (Fig. 99,8) in the additional board.
Place additional board next to the bed (Fig. 99,9).
Pull the seat cushions (Fig. 100,2) into the centre.
Insert the back cushions (Fig. 100,1) between the seat cushions and the
wall.
Place the additional cushion (Fig. 100,10) next to the bed (Fig. 100,9).
Fig. 98 Prior to conversion
Fig. 99 During conversion
Fig. 100 After conversion
1 Back cushion
2Seat cushion
3Table
4 Table leg
5 Retainer
6 Retainer
7 Additional board
8 Support legs
9Bed
10 Additional cushion
81Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Living
7
7.12.7 Seating group with two single beds
Fold up the folding table (Fig. 101,3) and store in the provided holder (see
section 7.7.3).
Completely pull out the slatted frame (Fig. 101,5).
Place the back cushions (Fig. 102,1) on the slatted frames.
Fig. 101 Prior to conversion
Fig. 102 During conversion
Fig. 103 After conversion
1 Back cushion
2 Seat cushion
3 Folding table
4 Bedside locker
5 Slatted frame
82 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Living
7
83Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Gas system
8
8Gas system
Chapter overview
This chapter contains instructions regarding the gas system of the vehicle.
The instructions address the following topics:
safety
gas consumption
changing the gas bottles
gas isolator taps
external gas connection
automatic switching facility
The operation of the gas operation appliances of the vehicle is described in
chapter 10.
8.1 General
Before commencing the journey, when leaving the vehicle or when gas
equipment is not in use, close all gas isolator taps and the main isolator
tap on the gas bottle.
No appliance operated by a naked flame (e.g. heater or refrigerator) may
be in operation when filling the tank, on ferries or in the garage. Danger
of explosion!
Do not use appliances operated with a naked flame in closed spaces
(e.g. garages). Danger of poisoning and suffocation!
Only have the gas system maintained, repaired or altered by an author-
ised specialist workshop.
Have the gas system checked by an authorised specialist workshop
according to the national regulations before commissioning. This also
applies for not registered vehicles. For modifications to the gas system
have the gas system immediately checked by an authorised specialist
workshop.
The gas pressure regulator and exhaust gas pipes must also be
inspected. The gas pressure regulator has to be replaced after 10 years
at the latest. The vehicle owner is responsible for seeing that this is car-
ried out.
In case of a defect of the gas system (gas odour, high gas consumption)
there is danger of explosion! Close regulator tap on the gas bottle imme-
diately. Open doors and windows and ventilate well.
If the gas system is defective: Do not smoke; do not ignite any open
flames, and do not operate electric switches (light switches etc.).
Before using the cooker make sure that there is sufficient ventilation.
Open windows or the skylight.
Do not use the gas cooker or gas oven for heating purposes.
If there are several gas devices, each gas device must have its own gas
isolator tap. If individual gas devices are not in use, close the respective
gas isolator tap.
Ignition safety valves must close within 1 minute after the gas flame has
extinguished. A clicking sound is audible. Check function from time to
time.
The built-in gas devices are exclusively meant for use with propane or
butane gas or a mixture of both. The gas pressure regulator as well as
all built-in gas devices are designed for a gas pressure of 30 mbar.
84 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Gas system
8
8.2 Gas bottles
Propane gas is capable of gasification up to -42 °C, whereas butane gas
gasifies at 0 °C. Below these temperatures no gas pressure is available.
Butane gas is unsuitable for use in winter.
Regularly inspect the gas tube fitted to the gas bottle connection for
tightness. The gas tube must not have any tears and must not be
porous. Have the gas tube replaced by an authorised specialist work-
shop no later than ten years after the manufacturing date. The operator
of the gas system must see to it that the parts are replaced.
Due to its function and construction, the gas bottle compartment is a
space which is open to the exterior. Never cover or block up the standard
forced ventilations. Otherwise gas that is emitted can not be diverted to
the outside.
Do not use the gas bottle compartment as storage space as it is not
moisture-proof.
Secure the gas bottle compartment against unauthorised access. To do
this, lock the compartment.
The regulator tap on the gas bottle must be accessible.
Only connect gas-operated devices (e.g. gas grill) which have been
designed for a gas pressure of 30 mbar.
The exhaust gas pipe must be fitted tightly to the heating system and to
the vent and must be sealed. The exhaust gas pipe must not show any
evidence of damage.
Exhaust fumes must be able to escape into the atmosphere unhindered
and fresh air must be able to enter unhindered. For this reason, keep the
exhaust pipe and intake openings clean and unobstructed (e.g. free from
snow and ice). For this reason, no snow walls or aprons may lie against
the vehicle.
Gas bottles are only to be transported within the designated gas bottle
compartment.
Place the gas bottles in vertical position in the gas bottle compartment.
Fasten the gas bottles so that they are unable to turn or tilt.
If the gas bottles are not connected to the gas tube, always place the
protective cap on top.
Close the regulator tap on the gas bottle before the gas pressure regu-
lator or gas tube are removed from the gas bottle.
The gas pressure regulator or the gas tube must only be secured with a
suitable gas spanner (Do not overtighten).
Only use special gas pressure regulators with a safety valve designed
for vehicle use. Other gas pressure regulators are not permitted and
cannot meet the demanding requirements.
Use the gas pressure regulator defroster if the temperature falls below
5°C.
Use only 11 kg or 5 kg gas bottles. Camping gas bottles with built-in
check valve (blue bottle with max. 2.5 or 3 kg content) are can be used
in exceptional cases with a safety valve.
85Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Gas system
8
8.3 Gas consumption
Example A full 11 kg gas bottle is sufficient to:
Cook for 3 days using one flame,
Heat for 22 hours on full output or
Cool for 25 days.
8.4 Changing gas bottles
Use the shortest possible tube lengths (150 cm max.) for external gas
bottles.
Never block the floor ventilation openings below the gas bottles.
For gas-operated units the gas pressure must be reduced to 30 mbar.
Connect gas pressure regulator complete with safety valve directly to bottle
valve.
The gas pressure regulator reduces the gas pressure in the gas bottle
down to the operating pressure of the gas devices.
For filling and connecting the gas bottles in Europe the accessories shops
have corresponding Euro filling sets and Euro bottle sets.
Information available at the dealers or service centre.
For information on the gas supply in Europe see chapter 17.
The data about gas consumption of the individual gas devices is standard
average values.
Appliances Gas consumption in grams/hour
Heater Approx. 170 - 490 g/h
Cooker, per cooker Approx. 140 - 165 g/h
Refrigerator Approx. 18 g/h
When changing gas bottles, do not smoke or create any open fire.
When you have changed the gas bottle, check whether gas escapes at
the connection points and unions. Use a leakage search spray to spray
the relevant connection point or union. These agents are available at the
accessories shop.
86 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Gas system
8
Open external gas bottle compartment (see chapter 7).
Close the regulator tap (Fig. 104,1) on the gas bottle (Fig. 104,4). Pay
attention to the direction of the arrow.
Unscrew the gas pressure regulator (Fig. 104,3) along with the gas tube
(Fig. 104,5) from the gas bottle with a suitable gas spanner.
Release the fixing belts (Fig. 104,2) and take out the gas bottle.
Place a filled gas bottle in the gas bottle compartment.
Fix gas bottle in place with the fixing belts.
Screw the gas pressure regulator with gas tube on the gas bottle and
secure with a suitable gas spanner (Do not overtighten).
8.5 Gas isolator taps
A gas isolator tap (Fig. 105) for every gas device is built into the vehicle.
The gas isolator taps are located under the cooker or in the vicinity of the gas
devices (e.g. in the bench seat).
8.6 External gas connection
Fig. 104 Gas bottle compartment
Fig. 105 Symbols for the gas isolator
taps
1 Refrigerator
2Cooker
3 Heater/boiler
4Oven
If the external gas connection is not in use, always close the gas isolator
tap.
Only gas appliances with a suitable adapter should be connected to the
external gas connection.
Connect only external gas appliances which are designed for an opera-
tion pressure of 30 mbar.
87Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Gas system
8
The external gas connection (Fig. 106) is located at the rear or to the left or
right of the vehicle depending on the model.
Connect the external gas device to the connection point (Fig. 106,1).
Open the gas isolator tap (Fig. 106,2).
8.7 Duomatic switching facility
The Duomatic is an automatic switching facility with a remote display for a two-
bottle gas system. The Duomatic switching facility automatically switches gas
supply from the primary bottle to the reserve bottle as soon as the primary
bottle is either empty or no longer ready for operation. The gas appliances may
still continue operation. The Duomatic switching facility is suitable for all com-
mercial gas bottles from 3 kg to 33 kg.
Once you have made the connection and opened the gas isolator tap,
make sure that no gas is escaping at the connection point. If there is a
leak in the external gas connection, gas will escape into the open air.
Immediately close the gas isolator tap and the regulator tap on the gas
bottle. Have the external gas connection checked by an authorised spe-
cialist workshop.
When connecting an external gas appliance, make sure that there is
nothing near the external gas connection that could cause a spark.
Do not use the external gas connection to fill gas bottles. Observe the
information stickers on the external gas connection.
Fig. 106 External gas connection, gas
isolator tap closed
Do not use the switching facility in closed spaces.
If the vehicle is equipped with a panel of the DT series and the switching
facility is operated via this panel, the operating unit is redundant.
Further information can be obtained in the device manufacturer's instruc-
tion manual.
88 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Gas system
8
Construction of the unit The Duomatic switching facility consists of a central regulator (Fig. 107,3) and
a switching regulator (Fig. 107,5). The knob (Fig. 107,6) on the switching reg-
ulator is used to select which of the gas bottles is to be used as a primary bottle
and which is to be used as a reserve bottle.
Both regulators are equipped with a pressure controller and the regulator
defroster Eis-Ex. This prevents damage to the gas system during the winter
months.
The pressure gauge (Fig. 107,2) on the central regulator indicates the pres-
sure in the gas bottle, not the filling level of the gas bottle. The pressure gauge
can be used to test the impermeability of the gas bottle.
Only the electrical functions can be switched at the operating unit (Fig. 108).
The regulator taps on the gas bottles (Fig. 107,1 and 4) must be opened man-
ually.
The central regulator provides a constant gas pressure, regardless of which
gas bottle is being drawn upon. The two indicator lamps on the operating unit
show which gas bottle can be used to provide gas. When both indicator lamps
are illuminated, the position of the knob on the switching regulator indicates
which gas bottle is currently being drawn upon.
Operating modes The Duomatic switching facility has two operating modes:
Winter operation "On and heating"
Summer operation "On"
Putting into operation:
Open the regulator taps on the gas bottles (Fig. 107,1 and 4).
Use the knob (Fig. 107,6) on the switching regulator (Fig. 107,5) to select
the gas bottle which is to be the primary source of gas (primary bottle).
Always turn the knob as far as it will go.
When the knob is in the red area, the gas is taken primarily from the gas
bottle with the central regulator (Fig. 107,3).
When the knob is in the green area, the gas is taken primarily from the gas
bottle with the switching regulator (Fig. 107,5).
Switch on the Duomatic switching facility at the operating unit (Fig. 108).
To do so, set the rocker switch (Fig. 108,2) to winter operation "On and
heating" (Fig. 108,4) or to summer operation "On" (Fig. 108,6). Both gas
pressure regulators are now ventilated. The operating indicator
(Fig. 108,3) lights up.
Fig. 107 Duomatic switching facility Fig. 108 Operating unit
When operating with only one gas bottle (e.g. during the summer) connect
the central regulator to this bottle. Position the knob on the switching regu-
lator in the red area.
89Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Gas system
8
Switching off: Set the rocker switch (Fig. 108,2) to " " (Fig. 108,5). The operating indi-
cator (Fig. 108,3) goes out.
Close the regulator taps on the gas bottles (Fig. 107,1 and 4).
Remote display The indicator lamps on the operating unit (Fig. 108) indicate in the vehicle inte-
rior whether the gas bottles are ready for operation.
Indicator lamp "A" (Fig. 108,1): Gas bottle on the central regulator
Indicator lamp "B" (Fig. 108,7): Gas bottle on the switching regulator
Changing gas bottles If an indicator lamp goes out during operation, this signifies that the corre-
sponding gas bottle is empty and must be replaced. The reserve bottle con-
tinues supplying the gas appliances with gas.
Changing gas bottles:
Close the regulator tap on the empty gas bottle.
Unscrew the regulator of the gas bottle.
Connect the full gas bottle to the regulator.
Open the regulator tap on the gas bottle.
Set the knob on the switching regulator with a half-turn, so that the newly
replaced gas bottle will serve as a reserve bottle.
When changing gas bottles, do not smoke or create any open fire.
Always mount the regulator in such a way that the protective cap faces
upwards.
90 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Gas system
8
91Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Electrical system
9
9Electrical system
Chapter overview
This chapter contains instructions regarding the electrical system of the car-
avan.
The instructions address the following topics:
safety
explanations of terms relating to the battery
12 V power supply
living area battery
charging the living area battery
power pack
transformer/rectifier
panel
240 V power supply
connection to the 240 V power supply
fuse rating
towing vehicle connection
The operation of the electrical appliances of the housing body is described in
chapter 10.
9.1 General safety instructions
The vehicle is a safe place during a storm (Faraday cage). However, to protect
the electrical devices, disconnect the 240 V connection and retract the
antennae as a precaution.
9.2 Terms
Off-load voltage The off-load voltage is the voltage of the battery in idle condition, i. e. no cur-
rent is consumed and the battery is not being charged.
Closed circuit current Some electrical appliances, such as the clock and the indicator lamps, require
continuous electric current, for this reason they are referred to as inactive
appliances. This closed circuit current flows even if the 12 V power supply has
been switched off.
Total discharge Total discharge of the battery is imminent, if a battery is completely discharged
by an active appliance and by closed circuit current.
Capacity Capacity refers to the amount of electricity which can be stored in a battery.
The capacity of a battery is given in ampere hours (Ah). If a battery possesses
a capacity of 80 Ah, then the battery can dispense a current of 1 A for 80 hours
or a current of 2 A for 40 hours.
External influences such as temperature may alter the storage capacity of the
battery.
Only allow qualified personnel to work on the electrical system.
Total discharge damages the battery.
92 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Electrical system
9
9.3 12 V power supply
When the caravan is not connected to the 240 V power supply, 12 V power
supply is performed either by the starter battery of the connected towing
vehicle or by the living area battery (Power Pack SE). If the caravan is electri-
cally connected to the towing vehicle and the vehicle engine is running, the
living area battery is charged by the vehicle generator.
The 12 V power supply can be cut off with the 12 V main switch on the panel
(SE).
9.3.1 Living area battery, general (Power Pack SE)
If you use the battery of the towing vehicle to provide power for the caravan,
bear in mind that the battery capacity is restricted. If you place too great a
burden on the battery, this may lead to starting difficulties.
Always disconnect the electrical connection between the towing vehicle
and the caravan before the caravan is connected to the local power supply.
In order to carry this out, disconnect the plug from towing vehicle socket.
Always disconnect the electrical connection between the towing vehicle
and the caravan before the living area battery is charged by means of a
charger.
To make the living area's electrical installation completely voltageless, pull
out the plug from the battery input "Batterie-Eingang" on the transformer/
rectifier.
Use the charger module provided on the transformer/rectifier to charge the
living area battery. When charging externally, use a regulated charger that
is suitable for the battery type and the capacity of the living area battery.
Prior to commencing a journey ensure the living area battery is fully
charged. For this reason charge the living area battery for at least 20 hours
before commencing the journey.
During the trip, use every opportunity to charge the living area battery.
Charge the living area battery for at least 20 hours after the journey.
Charge the battery for at least 20 hours before laying up.
For long periods of inactivity (4 weeks or more), either disconnect the living
area battery or recharge it regularly.
When the living area battery is changed, only use batteries of the same
type.
When changing the living area battery, use only batteries which meet the
minimum capacity of the charger. Observe the separate instruction manual
for the charger. Lower-capacity batteries will generate a great deal of heat
when they are charged. Danger of explosion!
Before disconnecting or connecting the terminals of the living area battery,
switch off the engine of the towing vehicle as well as the 240 V and 12 V
power supplies and all appliances. Danger of short circuit!
If the living area battery is disconnected and the caravan and towing
vehicle are connected electrically, do not apply the ignition. Danger of short
circuit!
Take note of the battery manufacturer's users and maintenance instruc-
tions.
Only connect devices with a maximum of 10 A to the sockets of the 12 V
power supply.
93Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Electrical system
9
When the vehicle is not connected to the 240 V power supply or the 240 V
power supply is switched off, the living area battery supplies the living area
with 12 V DC. The living area battery has a limited power supply only. For this
reason, electrical appliances such as the radio and the lights should not be
operated for a long time without using the 240 V power supply.
If the vehicle is connected to the 240 V power supply, the living area battery is
automatically charged by the charger module (Power Pack SE) that is fitted in
the transformer/rectifier.
Discharging The living area battery is discharged by the closed circuit current which some
electrical appliances continuously require. Appliances such as the charger,
solar charge regulator and control panel consume approx. 20 mA to 65 mA of
electricity from the battery capacity, even when the 12 V main switch is off.
During periods of low external temperatures, the battery will lose part of its
capacity.
The self-discharge rate of the battery is also dependant on temperature. At 20
to 25 °C the self-discharge rate is approx. 3 % of the capacity per month. The
self-discharge rate will increase with rising temperatures: At 35 °C the self-dis-
charge rate is approx. 20 % of the capacity per month.
An older battery no longer has the complete capacity available.
The higher the number of active electrical appliances, the faster the energy of
the living area battery is consumed.
In order to prevent fast discharge of the living area battery, the refrigerator is
operated on 12 V power supply only when the engine is running and when
there is an electrical connection between the towing vehicle and caravan.
9.3.2 Checking the living area battery (Power Pack SE)
The capacity of a battery is limited as to time. The higher the number of elec-
trical appliances, the faster the energy of the living area battery is consumed.
A battery which has been installed for years has no longer the complete
capacity available.
Charging condition To protect the living area battery, no more than 80 % of the battery's capacity
should be drawn. Therefore, a regular check of the charging condition of the
living area battery is recommended. The charging condition of the living area
battery can be read off on the panel.
The battery is maintenance-free. Maintenance-free means:
It is not necessary to check the acid level.
It is not necessary to lubricate the battery poles.
It is not necessary to refill the distilled water.
Even a maintenance-free battery must be charged regularly.
Total discharge damages the battery.
Recharge battery in good time.
Further information can be obtained in the separate documentation for the
living area battery.
94 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Electrical system
9
Energy reserves The living area battery has a limited power supply only. That is why electrical
appliances should not be operated over a long period of time if the vehicle is
not connected to the 240 V power supply or the engine of the towing vehicle
is switched off.
9.3.3 Charge the living area battery (Power Pack SE)
Charging using a 240 V
power supply
If the vehicle is connected to the 240 V power supply, the living area battery is
recharged by the installed charger. The charging current is adapted to suit the
charging condition of the battery. This ensures that it is not possible to over-
load the battery.
To make use of the maximum output from the charger module on the trans-
former/rectifier, switch off all electrical appliances during charging.
Satisfactory measurements of the charging condition can only be made
after 4 hours of battery charging. Immediately after charging, the battery
voltage is higher, after approx. 4 hours, it sinks to the so-called off-load
voltage. The off-load voltage displays the charging condition.
Off-load voltage (measured at the poles) Charging condition
Higher than 12.80 V 100 %
Approx. 12.55 V 75 %
Approx. 12.32 V 50 %
Approx. 12.18 V 25 %
Lower than 12.00 V 0 %
The acid in the battery is poisonous and corrosive. Any contact with the
skin or the eyes is to be avoided.
In the case of charging with an external charger there is danger of explo-
sion. Only charge the battery in a well ventilated area and away from
naked flames or possible sources of sparks.
Always remove the living area battery from the vehicle when charging it
using an external charger.
Do not connect the battery cables to the wrong poles.
If the living area battery is disconnected and the caravan and towing
vehicle are connected electrically, do not apply the ignition. Danger of short
circuit!
Before disconnecting or connecting the terminals of the living area battery,
switch off the engine of the towing vehicle as well as the 240 V and 12 V
power supplies and all appliances. Danger of short circuit!
Before charging the battery, check whether the external charger is
approved for the battery type.
Observe the instruction manual for the charger.
Irreparable damage to the living area battery will result if it is overcharged.
95Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Electrical system
9
Charging using the
vehicle engine of the
towing vehicle
The living area battery is recharged by the alternator of the vehicle when the
engine of the towing vehicle is running. An electrical connection between the
towing vehicle and the caravan is prerequisite for this. If the engine of the
towing vehicle is switched off, the electrical connection is automatically dis-
connected by a relay. This prevents the battery of the towing vehicle from
being run down by electrical appliances in the living area. The starting capa-
bility of the towing vehicle is thus preserved.
Charging with an external
charger
When charging the living area battery with an external charger, proceed as fol-
lows:
Disconnect the caravan electrically from the towing vehicle.
Switch off 12 V main switch on the panel. The indicator lamp will go off.
Disconnect the mains plug from the transformer/rectifier.
Switch off all gas appliances, all gas isolator taps and close the regulator
tap on the gas bottle.
There is a danger of short circuit when disconnecting the battery poles. For
this reason, first disconnect the negative pole on the living area battery and
then the positive.
Remove the living area battery from the vehicle.
If the vehicle is equipped with a dryfill battery, Check whether the external
charger is approved for the dryfill battery.
Check that the external charger is turned off.
Connect the external charger to the living area battery. Pay attention to the
polarity: First connect the positive terminal "+" to the positive pole of the
battery, then connect the negative terminal "–" to the negative pole of the
battery.
Switch on the external charger.
See the instructions for use of the connected charger for information con-
cerning charge period required for the battery.
See the specifications on the battery for information concerning its
strength.
Disconnect the external charger in reverse order.
9.4 Power pack
The power pack is installed in the wardrobe.
If the vehicle is not connected to the 240 V power supply, the requisite power
supply is provided by the battery of the towing vehicle, as long as contact 9
"constant positive" is connected to the towing vehicle socket (see connection
diagram at the end of this chapter). The 12 V living area lamps, the cassette
toilet and the water pump can be used.
If the vehicle is connected to the 240 V power supply, the power pack switches
the power supply in the living area automatically from the towing vehicle bat-
tery to mains operation. For Dometic type I the power pack must also be
turned on.
The towing vehicle battery is not charged by the power pack.
96 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Electrical system
9
Transformer H
The 240 V automatic circuit breaker (Fig. 109,1), the overload protection
(Fig. 109,2) and the main fuse (Fig. 109,3) are integrated in the power pack.
The overload protection switches all 12 V appliances in the caravan off, if the
power pack overheats. The power pack can overheat, if the ventilation aper-
tures are covered by clothing or if many 12 V appliances are operated for a
long time.
When the overload protection triggers, the control button springs out (Off posi-
tion).
Switching on overload
protection:
Allow the power pack to cool.
Press the control button of the overload protection (Fig. 109,2) (On posi-
tion).
Switched-mode power
supply
The power pack (Fig. 110,5 or Fig. 111,1) is mounted next to the 240 V auto-
matic circuit breaker (Fig. 110,1 or Fig. 111,4).
The main switch (Fig. 110,4) (only type I), several fuses (Fig. 110,2 or
Fig. 111,2) and the overload protection are integrated in the power pack. If an
LED underneath the fuse (Fig. 110,2 or Fig. 111,3) lights up red this indicates
a defective fuse or a short circuit.
The overload protection switches all 12 V appliances in the caravan off, if the
power pack overheats. The power pack can overheat, if the ventilation aper-
tures are covered by clothing or if many 12 V appliances are operated for a
long time.
Fig. 109 Power pack
Fig. 110 Power pack (type I) Fig. 111 Power pack (type II)
97Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Electrical system
9
Switching on the power
pack (only type I):
Press lower part of the main switch (Fig. 110,4): Position "ON". The green
LED (Fig. 110,3) lights up when 240 V voltage is present.
Switching on overload
protection (only type I):
When the overload protection triggers, allow the power pack to cool.
Press upper part of the main switch (Fig. 110,4) first: Position "OFF".
After about 60 seconds, switch the main switch back to position "ON".
9.5 Transformer/rectifier EBL 109 (Power Pack SE)
Functions The transformer/rectifier has the following functions:
The transformer/rectifier charges the living area battery.
The transformer/rectifier distributes the current to the 12 V circuits and
secures them.
The transformer/rectifier contains connections for a solar charge regulator
as well as other control and monitoring functions.
The transformer/rectifier separates the starter battery of the towing vehicle
electrically from the living area battery of the caravan if there is an electric
connection between the towing vehicle and the caravan and if the vehicle
engine is turned off. In this way the 12 V appliances of the caravan cannot
discharge the starter battery of the towing vehicle.
The transformer/rectifier distributes the current to the 12 V sockets.
Devices with a maximum of 10 A can be connected to the sockets.
The transformer/rectifier only works in conjunction with a panel.
Do not cover the ventilation slots. Danger of overheating!
Fig. 112 Transformer/rectifier EBL 109
1 Main supply socket 240 V~
2 Battery selector switch, lead acid/dryfill option
3 Input: Solar charge regulator
4 Output: Consumer circuit 1 and 2, water pump, TV, input solar cells
5 Input: Living area battery, vehicle battery, alternator D+, battery detector living
area battery, minus (earth)
6 Fuses (see "Fuse rating" table)
7 Connection panel
98 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Electrical system
9
When the transformer/rectifier is subject to a heavy load, the fitted charger
module reduces the charging current. This protects the charger from over-
heating. The transformer/rectifier is subject to a heavy load when e.g. an
empty living area battery is being charged, additional electrical appliances are
turned on and the ambient temperatures are high.
Position Depending on the model, the transformer/rectifier is situated either in the
bench or in the bedding box.
9.5.1 Battery selector switch
The battery selector switch is used to set the charger module in the trans-
former/rectifier to the type of living area battery installed in the vehicle ("lead
acid" or "dryfill" battery).
9.5.2 Charging the battery
During mobile operation, the alternator of the towing vehicle charges the living
area battery. If the engine of the towing vehicle is cut off, then the transformer/
rectifier disconnects the starter battery electrically from the living area battery
so that it is not possible to discharge the starter battery of the towing vehicle
by using 12 V living area appliances.
When the vehicle is connected to the 240 V power supply, the living area bat-
tery is charged by the transformer/rectifier.
9.6 Panel LT 109 (Power Pack SE)
Further information can be obtained from the separate instruction manual
"Transformer/rectifier".
If the battery selector switch is set incorrectly, there is the danger of the
formation of detonating (oxy-hydrogen gas). Danger of explosion!
Incorrect setting of the battery selector switch damages the living area bat-
tery.
The factory settings of the battery selector switch must not be changed.
The power supply unit is not used to charge the starter battery of the towing
vehicle.
Fig. 113 Panel LT 109
1 12 V main switch
2 12 V indicator lamp
3 Battery charging condition indicator
4 Rocker switch for battery display
5 Tank volume indicator
6 Rocker switch for tank level indicator
99Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Electrical system
9
9.6.1 12 V main switch
The 12 V main switch (Fig. 113,1) switches the 12 V power supply of the living
area on and off.
Switching on:
Press the upper part of the rocker switch (Fig. 113,1): The 12 V living area
power supply is switched on. The 12 V indicator lamp (Fig. 113,2) lights up
in green.
Switching off:
Press the lower part of the rocker switch (Fig. 113,1): The 12 V living area
power supply is switched off. The 12 V indicator lamp (Fig. 113,2) goes off.
9.6.2 Charging condition of the living area battery
The "Batterie" (battery) rocker switch (Fig. 113,4) can be used in order to
check the charging condition of the living area battery.
Displays:
Press the "Batterie" (battery) rocker switch (Fig. 113,4): This displays the
charging condition of the living area battery.
After the rocker switch is pressed, either the red, yellow or green indicator
lamps (Fig. 113,3) light up:
The red indicator lamp with the symbol " " is flashing: The living area
battery is discharged. Completely charge living area battery immediately.
The yellow indicator lamp with the symbol " " is illuminated: The living
area battery is half discharged. The energy reserves of the living area bat-
tery will last for only a limited time. Recharge the living area battery soon.
The green indicator lamp with the symbol " " is illuminated: The living
area battery is fully charged.
9.6.3 Filling level of the water tank
The "Tank" rocker switch (Fig. 113,6) can be used in order to check the level
of the water tank.
Displays:
Press the "Tank" rocker switch (Fig. 113,6): The level of the water tank is
displayed.
After the rocker switch is pressed, an indicator lamp (Fig. 113,5) lights up:
LED with the symbol " " lights up: Tank full or almost full
LED with the symbol " " lights up: Tank approx. 3/4 full
LED with the symbol " " lights up: Tank approx. 1/2 full
LED with the symbol " " lights up: Tank approx. 1/4 full
No LED lights up: Tank empty
When leaving the vehicle, switch off the 12 V main switch. This prevents
any unnecessary discharge of the living area battery.
100 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Electrical system
9
9.7 Panel LT 222
Filling level of the tank The filling level in the water tank can be read off on the panel (Fig. 114).
Displays:
Press rocker switch (Fig. 114,1): One of the indicator lamps (Fig. 114,2) is
illuminated.
9.8 240 V power supply
The 240 V power supply provides electricity for:
sockets with earth contact for appliances with maximum 16 A
refrigerator
12 V living area power supply
The electrical appliances which have been connected to the 12 V power
supply system of the living area are supplied with power from the living area
battery (Power Pack SE) or the power pack.
Connect the vehicle to an external 240 V power supply system as often as
possible. The charger module in the transformer/rectifier automatically
charges the living area battery (Power Pack SE).
9.8.1 240 V connection
The vehicle can be connected to an external 240 V power supply. The cable
may have a length of maximum 25 m.
Fig. 114 Panel LT 222
1 Rocker switch for water tank
2 Water tank indicator lamp
Only allow qualified personnel to work on the electrical system.
The external 240 V power supply must be protected by fuse with a fault
current protection switch (FI-switches, 30 mA).
Always disconnect the electrical connection between the towing vehicle
and the caravan before the caravan is connected to the local power supply.
In order to carry this out, disconnect the plug from towing vehicle socket.
For the connection points on camp sites (camping distributors) highly sen-
sitive fault current protection switches (FI-switches, 30 mA) are obligatory.
101Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Electrical system
9
9.8.2 Power cable for external 240 V connection
Power cable
Three-core (3 x 2.5 mm
2
) flexible rubber sheathed cable
Maximum 25 m in length
1 plug with earth contact
1 socket with earth contact (plug-in devices according to EN 60309)
Connection possibilities For your power cable, we recommend using a CEE connection cable with a
CEE plug and coupling. If this type of connection is not feasible, we recom-
mend the following combination with a safety plug:
Adapter cable:
CEE 17 socket with earth contact (Fig. 115,1) – plug with earth contact
(Fig. 115,2)
Cable reel:
Socket with earth contact (Fig. 115,3) – plug with earth contact (Fig. 115,4)
Adapter cable:
CEE 17 socket with earth contact (Fig. 115,5) – plug with earth contact
(Fig. 115,6)
Depending on the design, the flap for the 240 V connection is designated with
the symbol " ".
Connecting the power
cable:
Open external flap.
Depending on the design, tilt the cover upwards.
Insert connector.
Completely unwind the cable on cable drums to prevent overheating.
Fig. 115 Connection possibilities 240 V
connection
Fig. 116 Connecting an angled con-
nector with socket
When using a CEE 17 angled connector with rear socket (Fig. 116,1)
only use a rubberised and sealed IP 44 socket with earth contact
(Fig. 116,2). Do not use sockets without earth contact (Fig. 116,3).
Danger of electrocution!
Depending on the design, disconnect the connector before removing it.
102 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Electrical system
9
9.9 Fuses
9.9.1 12 V fuses
The appliances connected to the 12 V power supply in the living area are
fused individually. The fuses are accessible on the power pack and on the
transformer/rectifier.
An intact 12 V fuse can be detected by the unbroken fuse element
(Fig. 117,1). If the fuse element is broken (Fig. 117,2), change the fuse.
Before changing fuses, take the function, value and colour of the relevant
fuses from the following specifications. When changing fuses, only use flat
fuses with the values shown below.
Only replace defective fuses when the cause of the defect is known and
has been remedied.
Replace defective fuses only after the power supply has been turned off.
Never bridge or repair fuses.
Fig. 117 12 V fuse
1 Unbroken fuse element
2 Broken fuse element
Function Value/colour
Fuses at the living area
battery
(Power Pack SE)
Line from the living area battery to the power supply
unit
40 A red
Line from the living area battery to the power supply
unit
2A grey
Fuse on power pack
(transformer H)
Main fuse 15 A blue
Fuses on power pack
(switched-mode power
supply type I)
Circuit 1 15 A blue
Circuit 2 15 A blue
Circuit 3 15 A blue
Circuit 4 15 A blue
Fuses on power pack
(switched-mode power
supply type II)
Circuit 1 15 A blue
Circuit 2 5 A light brown
Circuit 3 15 A blue
Circuit 4 15 A blue
103Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Electrical system
9
Fuse for the Thetford
toilet (swivel toilet)
The fuse is located in the locker wall of the Thetford cassette.
Changing:
Open the flap for the Thetford cassette on the outside of the vehicle.
Pull out the Thetford cassette completely.
Replace fuse (Fig. 118,1).
Fuse for the Thetford
toilet (fixed seat)
The fuse is located in the locker wall of the Thetford cassette.
Changing:
Open the flap for the Thetford cassette on the outside of the vehicle.
Remove the Thetford cassette and swing out the flap in the housing panel.
Replace fuse (Fig. 119,1).
Fuses on the
transformer/rectifier
EBL 109
(Power Pack SE)
Internal charger 20 A yellow
Booster 15 A blue
Solar 15 A blue
TV 7.5 A brown
Circuit 2 15 A blue
Water pump 5 A light brown
Circuit 1 15 A blue
Refrigerator control 2A grey
Function Value/colour
Fig. 118 Fuse for the Thetford toilet
1 Flat fuse 3 A/purple
Fig. 119 Fuse for the Thetford toilet
1 Flat fuse 3 A/purple
104 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Electrical system
9
9.9.2 240 V fuse
A two-pole safety cut-out (Fig. 120,1 or Fig. 121,1) secures the 240 V power
supply.
The safety cut-out is integrated in the power pack (Fig. 120) or mounted sep-
arately next to the power pack (Fig. 121).
9.10 Connection to the towing vehicle
9.10.1 Connection diagram 12N-12S connection
Fig. 120 Safety cut-out (variant 1) Fig. 121 Safety cut-out (variant 2)
Note the colours of the connecting cable of the socket which is fitted to the
towing vehicle. This makes any new connection which may be necessary
easier.
Fig. 122 View of the Caravan plug
Contact
number
DIN-
specifi-
cation
Function Cable
colour
Cross
section of
the wire
Connection diagram
12N - black
1 L Left direction indicator Yellow
1.5 mm
2
2 54 G Fog tail light Blue
1.5 mm
2
3 31 Earth return White
2.5 mm
2
4 R Right direction indicator Green
1.5 mm
2
5 58 R Right tail light, side marker light
(white/red), clearance light,
marker light (amber), licence
plate light
Brown
1.5 mm
2
6 54 Brake lights Red
1.5 mm
2
105Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Electrical system
9
9.10.2 Towing vehicle installation
7 58 L Left tail light, side marker light
(white/red), clearance light,
marker light (amber), licence
plate light
Black
1.5 mm
2
Connection diagram
12S - grey
1 Reverse lamp and/or reverse
equipment for overrun brake
Brown
1.5 mm
2
2 Not assigned Blue
1.5 mm
2
3 Earth return White
blue
2.5 mm
2
4 Power supply: Battery charge White
red
2.5 mm
2
5 Not assigned Brown
1.5 mm
2
6 Power supply: Refrigerator Blue
2.5 mm
2
7 Earth return (refrigerator) Blue-
white
2.5 mm
2
The towing vehicle must be equipped with the corresponding cable cross
sections and a relay for the power supply (controlled by the ignition).
Contact
number
DIN-
specifi-
cation
Function Cable
colour
Cross
section of
the wire
106 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Electrical system
9
107Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Appliances
10
10Applianc es
Chapter overview
This chapter contains instructions regarding the appliances of the vehicle.
The instructions refer exclusively to the operation of the appliances.
Further information about the appliances can be found in the instruction man-
uals for the appliances, included separately with the vehicle.
The instructions address the following topics:
heater
air conditioning unit
boiler
gas cooker
gas oven
microwave oven
extractor hood
refrigerator
10.1 General
The heater, boiler, cooker and refrigerator are fitted depending on the model
of the vehicle.
In this instruction manual a description is given only for the operation of the
appliances and their particular features.
To operate gas appliances, first open the regulator tap on the gas bottle and
the gas isolator tap corresponding to the appliance.
The heat exchanger of the Truma hot-air heater has to be replaced after
30 years. The heat exchanger of the Alde hot-water heater has to be
replaced after 10 years. Only the manufacturer of the heater or an author-
ised specialist workshop is allowed to replace the heat exchanger. The
operator of the heater must see to it that the parts are replaced.
For safety reasons, spare parts for pieces of heating appliances must cor-
respond with manufacturer's instructions and be permitted by the manufac-
turer as a spare part. These spare parts may only be fitted by the
manufacturer or an authorised specialist workshop.
Further information can be obtained in the instruction manual for the
respective appliance.
Fig. 123 Symbols for the gas isolator
taps
1 Refrigerator
2Cooker
3 Heater/boiler
4Oven
108 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Appliances
10
10.2 Heater
Initial start-up When lighting the heater for the first time a small amount of smoke and odour
will occur. Immediately set the operating switch of the heater to its highest
position. Open doors and windows and ventilate well. Smoke and odour will
disappear by themselves after a while.
10.2.1 To heat properly
Hot air distribution Several air outlet nozzles (Fig. 124) are built into the vehicle. Pipes conduct
the warm air to the air outlet nozzles. Turn the air outlet nozzles in a suitable
position so the air can escape as required.
Adjusting the air outlet
nozzles
Fully open: Full hot air stream
Half or partially open: Reduced hot air stream
When five air outlet nozzles are completely opened, less warm air escapes
through each nozzle. However, if only three air outlet nozzles are opened,
more warm air flows out of each nozzle.
In winter, check that the waste gas vent on the vehicle roof is free of
snow and ice before using the heater.
Never let gas escape unburned due to danger of explosion.
When filling the fuel tank of the towing vehicle, on ferries or in the
garage, never run the heater in gas operation. Danger of explosion!
Never operate the heater in gas operation in closed spaces (e.g.
garages). Danger of poisoning and suffocation!
If the circulation fan does not activate automatically, switch the circula-
tion fan on from heating level 3 to 4. There is danger of overheating for
the heater!
Do not damage the exhaust gas pipe.
The waste gas vent may neither be closed nor blocked.
When camping in winter, the Truma waste gas vent extension should be
used to prevent snow from choking the waste gas vent.
Do not use the space behind the heater as a storage compartment.
Fig. 124 Air outlet nozzle
109Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Appliances
10
10.2.2 Trumatic S hot-air heater
Switching on without
automatic ignition:
Open the regulator tap on the gas bottle and the gas isolator tap "Heater".
Turn control knob on the heater to the required position and press it firmly.
Press gas ignition button (at the control knob) several times in succession.
Keep the control knob pressed until the flame burns. The burning of the
flame can be checked in the inspection window in the heater cover.
Hold the control knob down for a further 10 seconds, until the ignition fuse
starts up.
Switching on with automatic
ignition:
Open the regulator tap on the gas bottle and the gas isolator tap "Heater".
Turn control knob on the heater to the required position and press it firmly.
The automatic ignition produces ignition sparks. A clicking noise can be
heard.
Keep the control knob pressed until the flame burns. The burning of the
flame can be checked in the inspection window in the heater cover.
Hold the control knob down for a further 10 seconds, until the ignition fuse
starts up.
Switching off:
Turn the control knob on the heater to "0". The automatic ignition is
switched off simultaneously.
Close the gas isolator tap "Heater" and the regulator tap on the gas bottle.
In case of problems wait for two minutes before trying again.
Fig. 125 Hot-air heater control knob
The automatic ignition sparks until the gas ignites. If there is no gas, it will
continue to spark until the battery in the automatic ignition is empty. When
the heater is not required, set the control knob to "0" to avoid the battery in
the automatic ignition running flat.
If the clicking noise cannot be heard at all or only in intervals of several sec-
onds during ignition: Change the battery in the automatic ignition.
Insert a new batteries before the start of every heating season.
Further information can be obtained from the separate instruction manual
"Trumatic S".
110 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Appliances
10
Changing the battery on the
automatic ignition:
Make certain that the heater is switched off.
Remove heater cover (Fig. 126,2). Pull the heater cover upwards and for-
wards, press up the retaining springs (Fig. 126,1) to the side and tip the
cover forwards.
Turn the cover (Fig. 127,1) to the side, so that the connecting cables for the
hot-air fan as well as the ignition control lamp do not need to be discon-
nected.
Push battery chamber cover on the automatic ignition (Fig. 127,2) upward.
Remove the old battery out of the battery chamber of the automatic ignition.
Insert a new battery (Fig. 127,3) of the same type, correctly aligned (+/-),
into the battery chamber of the automatic ignition. Only use temperature
resistant (+70 °C) and leak-proof Mignon batteries.
Push battery chamber cover on the automatic ignition upward.
Press the stop lever to the right, until the lock engages audibly.
Mount the heater cover. To do this, place the cover (Fig. 128,1) on the
lower retaining clips (Fig. 128,2).
Insert the operating rod from underneath into the grip socket and allow the
cover to catch in place above.
Fig. 126 Removing heater cover Fig. 127 Heater opened
Fig. 128 Heater cover, retaining clips
111Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Appliances
10
10.2.3 Circulation fan
The circulation fan together with the hot-air heater ensures a better distribution
of hot air throughout the caravan.
Depending on the model either one or two circulation fans are installed in the
vehicle.
Switching circulation fan
(240 V) on:
Turn the rotary switch (Fig. 129,1) to " ".
Turn the knob (Fig. 129,2) to the required position of the circulation fan.
Switching circulation fan
(240 V) off:
Turn the rotary switch (Fig. 129,1) to " ".
A circulation fan for 12 V line voltage is available as special equipment.
Switching circulation fan
(12 V) on:
Set sliding switch (Fig. 130,1) to " " (manual control) or "A" (automatic
operation).
If " " (manual control) is set on the sliding switch (Fig. 130,1): Turn the
knob (Fig. 130,2) to the required position of the circulation fan.
Switching circulation fan
(12 V) off:
Set sliding switch (Fig. 130,1) to " " (off). This switch setting has no func-
tion in heating operation.
Fig. 129 Operating switch for circulation
fan (240 V)
Fig. 130 Operating switch for circulation
fan (12 V)
112 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Appliances
10
The hot air flow can be adjusted as required with the operating lever
(Fig. 131,1) on the back of the circulation fan. Factory setting is the central
position.
In the central position the warm air is distributed evenly to each warm air
outlet. The operating lever (Fig. 132,1) for the adjustment flap is located under
the base flap in the wardrobe.
Setting the hot air
distribution:
Undo bottom locker wood screws.
Remove bottom locker cover.
Push the operating lever (Fig. 132,1) in the direction of the arrow until the
required position has been reached.
10.2.4 Airmix comfort package
The air circulation fan can be installed on the floor or on the wall with the Airmix
comfort package. This guarantees a particularly quiet running, since no noise
transferring connection is made to the fitted cover of the heater.
Fresh outside air is guided into the caravan by the Airmix. Advantages of out-
side air are:
Cooling effect in the summer
Drying effect in the winter
The outside air can be mixed progressively with the inside air that has already
been heated by adjusting the operating controls (Fig. 133,1).
Fig. 131 Circulation fan Fig. 132 Circulation fan, adjustment flap
in central position
Further information can be obtained from the separate instruction manual
"Trumavent".
Fig. 133 Airmix comfort package
113Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Appliances
10
10.2.5 Alde hot-water heater
The hot-water heater has been fitted below in the wardrobe.
Operating unit The operating unit is divided into two sections:
Display (touch screen)
Control buttons
Control buttons The control buttons have the following functions:
Display The display (Fig. 134,1) is designed as a touch screen. Touching the symbols
calls up the relevant function.
See installation instructions of the separate instruction manual for the
Airmix comfort package.
Never run hot-water heater without heating fluid. Observe notes in
chapter 13.
Never drill holes in the floor. This might damage the hot-water pipes.
Do not use the space above and behind the heater as a storage compart-
ment.
The circulating pump must always be turned on when the hot-water heater
is in operation.
We recommend to bleed the heating system after the initial heater opera-
tion and to check the glycol content. Observe notes in chapter 13.
When the heater is turned on, it starts with the last settings used.
For further information, see the separate manufacturer's instruction manual
and observe the maintenance instructions found in chapter 13.
For further information about the use of the boiler see section "Boiler".
Fig. 134 Operating unit for hot-water
heater
1 Display (touch screen)
2 "Menu" button
3 On/Off button
When no button is pressed, the operating unit automatically switches to
home position after two minutes.
Changes to the settings are saved automatically after 10 seconds.
Pos. in
Fig. 134
Button Function
2 MENU Open adjustment menu
3
Activate heating
114 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Appliances
10
Start screen The Start screen appears on the display after the heater is switched on. The
Start screen contains the following information:
Adjustment menu The "MENU" button calls up the adjustment menu. The meanings of the indi-
vidual symbols are described in the following table.
The values can be increased or reduced via the "+" or "-" symbols.
Tool menus The various heater functions can be called up and adjusted via the tool menus.
The arrow symbols are used to change between the menus. The meanings of
the individual symbols are described in the manufacturer's instruction manual.
Selecting the operating
mode
The hot-water heater can be operated with the following energy sources:
Gas operation
240 V electrical operation
Gas and 240 V electrical operation
The operating mode is selected from the operating unit.
Selecting gas operation:
Press the "On" button next to the " " symbol. The gas operation is acti-
vated.
Selecting 240 V electrical
operation:
Press the "+" button next to the " " symbol until the desired heat output
is reached.
Selecting gas and 240 V
electrical operation:
Select gas operation and 240 V electrical operation on the operating unit.
Symbol Signification
This symbol appears when the circulating pump is activated
This symbol appears when a switching facility for gas cylinders
is activated
This symbol appears when a voltage of 240 V is present at the
heater
The internal temperature is displayed next to this symbol
The external temperature is displayed next to this symbol if an
external sensor is fitted
Symbol Signification
Set the desired temperature of +5 °C to +30 °C
Set the water temperature in the boiler
Set the heat output in electrical operation
Activate the function "Heating in gas operation"
Call up the enabling menu for the tool menus
Select the output level during 240 V electrical operation in such a way that
it corresponds to the 240 V connection protection:
Level 1 (1050 W) at 6 A
Level 2 (2100 W) at 10 A
Level 3 (3150 W) at 16 A
115Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Appliances
10
When the heater is turned on, it starts with the last set operating mode.
Switching on the heater:
Press " " button. The Start screen appears in the display. The heater
starts automatically.
Switching the heater off:
Press " " button. The heater is turned off.
Setting the rotational
speed of the circulating
pump
The rotational speed of the circulating pump can be set with the sliding switch
(Fig. 135,2). At a lower rotary speed, the operating sounds of the pump are
quieter.
The sliding regulator is located in the hot-water heater area.
Setting the output:
Push sliding trap (Fig. 135,1) towards the right. The output is reduced.
Push sliding trap towards the left. The output is increased.
240 V circulating pump Depending on the equipment, the hot-water heater has an additional 240 V cir-
culating pump.
If the vehicle is connected to the 240 V power supply, then it is possible to
switch to the higher output of the 240 V circulating pump.
The switch for switching between the 12 V circulating pump and the 240 V cir-
culating pump is located on the hot-water heater operating unit.
If gas and 240 V electrical operation is selected and if the vehicle is con-
nected to the 240 V power supply, then the hot-water heater at first only
operates in 240 V electric operation. Only if the heat output is insufficient
does the gas operation also automatically switch on.
The gas operation is only possible when the regulator tap on the gas bottle
and the gas isolator tap are opened.
240 V electrical operation is only possible when the vehicle is connected to
the 240 V power supply.
The hot-water heater is equipped with a very powerful pump. Only operate
the pump for approx. 5 minutes on full output when the system is emptied
or the pipes are bled. Otherwise, this will increase wear; loud operating
noises are the result.
Fig. 135 Rotational speed reduction
switch
116 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Appliances
10
10.2.6 Ultraheat additional electric heater
The Ultraheat additional electric heater is built-in to the hot-air heater. There-
fore there are three heating options:
Only the hot-air heater
Hot-air heater and electric heater
Only the electric heater
The vehicle can be heated more quickly with the additional electric heater.
Switching on:
Connect the vehicle to the 240 V power supply (see section 9.8).
Turn the rotary switch (Fig. 136,1) to the desired output level (500, 1000 or
2000 W).
Turn temperature control knob (Fig. 136,3) to the desired output level.
Switching off:
Turn the rotary switch (Fig. 136,1) to " " (Fig. 136,2).
10.2.7 Warming unit for waste water pipes
In order to prevent waste water pipes freezing up, the waste water pipes can
be electrically warmed.
When the warming unit is turned on, the temperature of the waste water pipes
is monitored by temperature sensors. If the temperature falls below 5 °C, the
heating elements are switched on and the waste water pipes are warmed. If
the temperature rises above a certain level, the heating elements are switched
off again.
The additional electric heater only operates if the vehicle is connected to
the 240 V power supply.
If the heater is operated by electricity and gas simultaneously, the addi-
tional electric heater switches off to prevent possible overheating by the
stronger gas burner.
Fig. 136 Operating unit for Ultraheat
additional electric heater
1 Rotary switch
2Off
3 Temperature control knob
Always only press the test button briefly.
The warming unit only functions when the vehicle is connected to a 240 V
power supply.
117Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Appliances
10
The 240 V AC/12 V DC transformer (Fig. 137,2) is installed in the wardrobe or
in the storage area beneath the seating group, depending on the model.
The control unit is integrated in the transformer housing. The control lamps
have the following meanings:
The indicator lamp (Fig. 137,5) lights up in green: Regulation in operation
The indicator lamps (Fig. 137,4 and 6) light up in red: Waste water pipes
are warmed
A test button (Fig. 137,3) is integrated in the housing with which the control
unit can be operated for a short time. By pressing the test button, the function
of the warming unit can be tested, even if the ambient temperature is above
5°C.
Switching on:
Connect the vehicle to a 240 V power supply (see section 9.8.1).
Turn switch (Fig. 137,1) on the transformer (Fig. 137,2) to "ON".
Switching off:
Turn switch (Fig. 137,1) on the transformer (Fig. 137,2) to "OFF".
10.2.8 Electrical floor warming unit
The regulator for the electrical floor warming unit is installed in the bench seat
or in the wardrobe, depending on the model.
Operating levels The electrical floor warming unit has four operating levels:
0 "Off"
20 V "Low heating level"
22 V "Medium heating level"
24 V "High heating level"
Fig. 137 Transformer with control unit
On models with electrical floor warming unit, never drill holes in the floor
or screw in any screws. Careful with sharp objects. There is danger of a
power cut or a short circuit due to damage to a heater wire.
Do not cover the regulator. Danger of overheating!
The electrical floor warming unit only operates if the vehicle is connected
to the 240 V power supply.
The output of the electrical floor warming unit alone is not sufficient to heat
the living area.
118 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Appliances
10
Switching on: Connect the vehicle to the 240 V power supply (see section 9.8.1).
Turn the control knob (Fig. 138,2) to the required heating level.
Switching off:
Turn control knob (Fig. 138,2) to "0" position.
After switching off, the floor remains warm for a while, due to residual heat.
If the regulator is overloaded, the overload protection is actuated. The pin
(Fig. 138,1) jumps out.
Switching on overload
protection:
Press the pin (Fig. 138,1) on the overload protection when the regulator is
cooled.
10.2.9 Floor warming unit/warming unit for waste water tank
The floor warming unit and waste water tank warming unit are connected to
the water circulation of the hot-water heater.
The regulator for the floor warming unit is installed on the right side of the
vehicle, on the floor at axle-height. The regulator for the waste water tank
warming unit is installed in the surroundings of the waste water tank inside the
vehicle.
The heating output of the warming units for the floor and the waste water tank
can be adjusted by the continuously variable controls.
Fig. 138 Regulator for electrical floor
warming unit
For models with a floor warming unit and a warming unit for the waste water
tank, never drill holes in the floor or screw in any screws. Danger of
damage to a heating line and water leaking into the floor.
The floor warming unit and waste water tank warming unit only operate
when the hot-water heater is switched on.
119Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Appliances
10
Switching on: Switch on the hot-water heater (see section 10.2.5).
Set regulator (Fig. 139,1) to the desired flow level (max flow = arrows
(Fig. 139,2) in direction of lines).
Switching off:
Turn the regulator (Fig. 139,1) until both arrows (Fig. 139,2) are at a right
angle to the heating lines.
Switch off the hot-water heater if necessary (see section 10.2.5).
10.3 Air conditioning unit Dometic
To execute the individual switching commands, always point the remote con-
trol in the direction of the ceiling unit.
Fig. 139 Regulator for floor warming
unit/warming unit for waste
water tank
If the unit is operating, always open at least one ventilation flap.
In the winter, vehicle heating can be supported but not replaced by the air
conditioning unit.
Also read the manufacturer's instruction manual.
Fig. 140 Remote control
1 Symbol for automatic mode
2 Symbol for cold mode
3 Symbol for warm mode
4 Symbol for ventilation mode
5 Symbol for discharged batteries
6Time
7 Temperature display
8 Fan speed display
9 ON/OFF button
10 Fan speed button
11 "MODE" button
12 "CLOCK" button
13 Reset key
14 Interior temperature display button
"ROOM"
15 Store button "SET"
16 Light button "LIGHT"(optional)
17 Temperature unit change button
"F/C°"
18 Temperature decrease button "-"
19 Temperature increase button "+"
20 Display
120 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Appliances
10
Operating modes The air conditioning unit has the following operating modes:
Automatic
Ventilation, manual
Cooling, manual
Heating, manual
Switching on:
Press the ON/OFF button (Fig. 140,9).
Press the "Mode" button (Fig. 140,11) as often as required until the
required mode (Fig. 140,1, 2, 3 or 4) is indicated on the display
(Fig. 140,20).
Use the "+" (Fig. 140,19) and "–" (Fig. 140,18) buttons to set the desired
temperature.
Use the fan speed button (Fig. 140,10) to select the desired fan level.
Switching off:
Press the ON/OFF button (Fig. 140,9).
LED The LED (Fig. 141,4) on the ceiling unit (Fig. 141,1) displays the operating
status of the air conditioning unit:
Air current The air current can be directed in different directions. The distribution of the air
current toward the front or back is continuously adjustable.
Adjusting air current:
Align the two deflectors (Fig. 141,3 and 5) in the desired position.
Rotate knob (Fig. 141,2) on sliding regulator in an anticlockwise direction.
The sliding regulator for air distribution is released.
Slide the sliding regulator forwards or backwards to the desired position.
The side on which the sliding regulator is located is closed.
Turn the knob tight in the clockwise direction.
Fig. 141 Air conditioning unit (Dometic)
Status LED Signification
Off Air conditioning unit off
Orange Air conditioning unit ready to operate
Green Air conditioning unit in operation
Red (continuous) No 240 V power connection
Red (flashes once intermit-
tently)
Fault in the interior temperature gauge
Red (flashes twice intermit-
tently)
Fault in the exterior temperature gauge
121Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Appliances
10
10.4 Boiler
10.4.1 Models with waste gas vent on the right-hand side of the
vehicle
10.4.2 Truma boiler
Operating modes The boiler has three operating modes:
Gas operation
240 V electrical operation
Combined operation
The operating mode is set with the operating controls.
The regulation of the water temperature in the boiler is only possible with gas
operation.
Gas operation The boiler is operated exclusively with gas.
Never let gas escape unburned due to danger of explosion.
When filling the fuel tank of the towing vehicle, on ferries or in the
garage, never run the boiler in gas operation. Danger of explosion!
Never operate the boiler in gas operation in closed spaces (e.g.
garages). Danger of poisoning and suffocation!
The water in the boiler can be heated up to 65 °C. Risk of scalding!
Switch on the boiler and empty it if the vehicle is not used.
Never use boiler when empty.
If the boiler is not being used, empty it if there is any risk of frost.
Only operate the boiler with the maximum temperature setting if you
require a large quantity of warm water. This protects the boiler against the
build-up of limescale.
Dethleffs recommends that water from the boiler is not used as drinking
water.
If the awning is put up and the boiler is running in gas operation, exhaust
gases from the boiler can escape into the awning area. Danger of suffo-
cation! Make sure the area is sufficiently ventilated.
Remove cap from waste gas vent before using the Truma boiler.
122 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Appliances
10
Switching on: Remove cap from waste gas vent.
Open the regulator tap on the gas bottle and the gas isolator tap "Boiler".
Set the rotary switch (Fig. 142,3) to " " (Fig. 142,5). The green "Opera-
tion" indicator lamp illuminates the knob (Fig. 142,1).
Adjust the knob (Fig. 142,1) to the required water temperature.
The red indicator lamp (Fig. 142,2) illuminates when there is a fault (see
chapter 15).
Switching off:
Set the rotary switch (Fig. 142,3) on the operating unit (Fig. 142) to " "
(Fig. 142,4).
Close the gas isolator tap "Boiler" and the regulator tap on the gas bottle.
Place cap on waste gas vent.
The red indicator lamp (Fig. 142,2) illuminates when there is a fault (see
chapter 15).
240 V electrical operation The boiler is operated exclusively with electricity.
Switching on:
Connect the vehicle to the external 240 V power supply and switch on the
240 V automatic circuit breaker.
Set flip switch (Fig. 143,1) to on. The indicator lamp on the switch is illumi-
nated. The water in the boiler is heated up to 65 °C.
Switching off:
Set the flip switch (Fig. 143,1) to " ". The indicator lamp on the switch goes
off.
Fig. 142 Operating unit for Truma boiler
(gas operation)
1 Temperature control knob
2 Red indicator lamp "Fault"
3 Rotary switch
4Off
5On
240 V electrical operation is only possible when the vehicle is connected to
the 240 V power supply.
Fig. 143 Flip switch for Truma boiler
(240 V electrical operation)
123Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Appliances
10
Combined operation The water is heated more quickly in the boiler if gas operation and 240 V elec-
trical operation are switched on simultaneously.
Filling/emptying the boiler The boiler can be supplied with water from the water tank.
Depending on the model, the vehicle is fitted with one or several boiler drain
cocks. The drain cocks can have different designs (rocking lever or twist cap).
Filling the boiler with water: Close all boiler drain cocks. To do this, position the rocking lever
(Fig. 144,2) horizontally or turn the cap (Fig. 144,1) in a clockwise direc-
tion.
Switch on 12 V power supply on the panel.
Set all the water taps to "Hot" and open them. The water pump is turned
on. The warm water pipes are filled with water.
Keep the taps open until the water flowing out of the taps has no bubbles
in it. This is the only way to ensure that the boiler is full of water.
Close all water taps.
Emptying the boiler:
Set the rotary switch (Fig. 142,3) on the operating unit (Fig. 142) to " "
(Fig. 142,4) or the flip switch (Fig. 143,1) to " ".
Turn knob (Fig. 142,1) anticlockwise until it can go no further.
Open all boiler drain cocks. To do this, position the rocking lever
(Fig. 144,2) vertically or turn the cap (Fig. 144,1) in an anticlockwise direc-
tion.
Check whether the water has been drained completely from the boiler
(approx. 12.5 litres).
10.4.3 Alde boiler
Switching the boiler on/
off
The boiler is integrated in the hot-water heater. A separate operation is not
possible. For operating the hot-water heater, see section 10.2.5.
Filling/emptying the boiler The boiler can be supplied with water from the water tank.
Further information can be obtained in the manufacturer's instruction
manual.
Fig. 144 Drain cocks for Truma boiler
Because of the suction effect, a part of the water supply can be also
drained from the lines and the water tank. The water system is however not
completely emptied.
124 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Appliances
10
Filling the boiler with water: Close drain cocks. Position the rocking levers (Fig. 145,1) horizontally.
Switch on 12 V power supply on the panel.
Set all the water taps to "Hot" and open them. The water pump is turned
on. The warm water pipes are filled with water.
Keep the taps open until the water flowing out of the taps has no bubbles
in it. This is the only way to ensure that the boiler is full of water.
Close all water taps.
Emptying the boiler:
Switch off boiler.
Open all water taps and set to the central position.
Open drain cocks (Fig. 145). To do this, set the rocking levers (Fig. 145,1)
in a vertical position. The boiler is drained to the outside using the drain
cocks.
Check whether the water has been drained completely from the boiler
(approx. 12.5 litres).
10.4.4 Reich boiler
The boiler is operated with 240 V. The boiler heats about 5 l of water. The
water temperature can be set on the temperature controller (Fig. 146,1) of the
boiler. The water in the boiler can be heated up to a maximum of 80 °C.
Depending on the model, the vehicle is fitted with one or two drain cocks.
Fig. 145 Drain cocks
Further information can be obtained in the manufacturer's instruction
manual.
Fig. 146 Reich boiler
125Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Appliances
10
Switching on: Connect the vehicle to the external 240 V power supply and switch on the
240 V automatic circuit breaker.
Set the desired temperature on the temperature controller (Fig. 146,1). The
indicator lamp (Fig. 146,2) is illuminated during the heating up period.
Switching off:
Turn the temperature controller (Fig. 146,1) in an anticlockwise direction to
the "I" position.
Switching on frost
protection:
Turn the temperature controller to the "F" position.
Filling the boiler with water:
Connect the vehicle to the external 240 V power supply and switch on the
240 V automatic circuit breaker.
Set the desired temperature on the temperature controller (Fig. 146,1).
Set all the water taps to "Hot" and open them. The water pump is turned
on. The warm water pipes are filled with water.
Keep the taps open until the water flowing out of the taps has no bubbles
in it. This is the only way to ensure that the boiler is full of water.
Close all water taps.
Emptying the boiler:
Turn the temperature controller (Fig. 146,1) in an anticlockwise direction to
the "I" position.
Open all water taps and set to the central position.
Open the water drainage on the pressure relief valve (Fig. 146,4). To do
this turn the red knob (Fig. 146,3) in an anticlockwise direction.
Check whether the water is completely drained from the boiler.
10.4.5 Hot water source
Further information can be obtained in the manufacturer's instruction
manual.
If you want to empty the hot water source: Empty the water tank completely
before opening the drain cocks of the hot water source.
Do not fit a check valve in the cold water pipe between the hot water source
and the water pump.
Use a pressure reducer when connecting to a central water supply or with
strong pumps. The hot water source is designed only for pressures of up
to 1.2 bar. In addition, insert a safety/drainage valve in to the cold water
pipe.
Do not use the water from the hot water source as drinking water.
126 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Appliances
10
The hot water source can either be operated using the 240 V power supply
(electrical mode of operation), with the hot air of the heater system or both
types of energy. The hot water source heats approx. 5 l water to a temperature
of approx. 65 °C.
The electrical mode of operation is activated using the operating switch
(Fig. 147). The indicator lamp (Fig. 147,1) on the switch must illuminate.
During hot air operation, the water in the hot water source is heated up by the
heater and the circulating air.
Switching on:
Connect vehicle to external 240 V power supply and switch on the 240 V
automatic circuit breaker.
Switch on the operating switch (Fig. 147). Indicator lamp (Fig. 147,1) on
the switch is illuminated.
The water in the hot water source is heated up to 65 °C.
Switching off:
Switch off the operating switch (Fig. 147). Indicator lamp (Fig. 147,1) on
the switch goes off.
Filling the hot water source
with water:
Connect vehicle to external 240 V power supply and switch on the 240 V
automatic circuit breaker.
Switch off the operating switch (Fig. 147). Indicator lamp (Fig. 147,1) in the
switch is not on.
Close drain cock. To do this, turn cap (Fig. 148,1) in a clockwise direction.
Set all the water taps to "Hot" and open them. The water pump is turned
on. The warm water pipes are filled with water.
Keep the taps open until the water flowing out of the taps has no bubbles
in it. This is the only way to ensure that the hot water source is full of water.
Close all water taps.
Fig. 147 Operating switch for hot water
source
Fig. 148 Drain cock for hot water source
127Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Appliances
10
Emptying the hot water
source:
Set the 12 V main switch on the panel to "AUS" (off) (Power Pack SE).
Switch off the 240 V power supply on the 240 V automatic circuit breaker.
Remove the cap of the water tank.
Take out the stopper of the water tank.
Open all water taps and set to the central position.
Hang the shower handset up in the shower position.
Hold the water pump up until the water pipes are completely empty.
Open drain cock of the hot water source. To do this turn cap (Fig. 148,1) in
an anticlockwise direction.
Check whether the water is completely drained from the hot water source.
10.5 Cooker
10.5.1 Gas cooker
Further information can be obtained from the separate instruction manual
"Hot water source".
Never let gas escape unburned due to danger of explosion.
Before using the cooker make sure that there is sufficient ventilation.
Open windows or the skylight.
Do not use gas cooker or gas oven for heating.
Always protect your hands with cooking gloves or potholders when han-
dling hot pots, pans and similar items. There is a risk of injury.
During activation and operation of the gas cooker, no flammable objects
or highly inflammable objects such as dishcloths, napkins etc. must be
near the gas cooker. Fire hazard!
The process of ignition must be visible from above and must not be cov-
ered by cooking pans placed on the cooker.
Depending on the model, the gas cooker lid is held closed by a spring.
When closing there is danger of getting injured!
Do not use the glass gas cooker lid as a hob.
Do not close the gas cooker lid while the gas cooker is in operation.
Do not apply pressure on the gas cooker lid when it is closed.
Do not place hot cooking pans on the gas cooker lid.
Keep the gas cooker lid open after cooking until the burners are cool. Oth-
erwise the glass plate could shatter.
Only use pots and pans whose diameter is appropriate for the gas cooker
burners.
When the flame goes out, the thermocouple automatically cuts the gas
supply.
Further information can be obtained from the separate instruction manual
"Gas cooker".
128 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Appliances
10
Switching on: Open the regulator tap on the gas bottle and the gas isolator tap "Cooker".
Open the gas cooker lid.
Turn the control knob (Fig. 149,1) on the burner you wish to use to the igni-
tion position (large flame).
Press the control knob down and hold it.
Light the burner with a gas lighter, a match or other suitable means of
lighting.
Once the flame is burning, the control knob must be held down for 10 to
15 seconds, until the thermocouple automatically keeps the gas supply
open.
Release the control knob and turn to the desired setting.
If ignition is unsuccessful, repeat the entire procedure.
Switching off:
Turn the control knob to the 0-position. The flame fades.
Close the gas isolator tap "Cooker" and the regulator tap on the gas bottle.
10.5.2 Gas oven
Fig. 149 Operating controls for gas
cooker
Keep the ventilation openings on the gas oven open at all times.
There must be no flammable objects near the gas oven when it is being
lit.
The oven flap must remain open when it is being lit.
If ignition has not taken place, repeat the entire procedure. If necessary,
check if there is gas and/or current in the gas oven.
If the gas oven still does not work, close the gas isolator tap and notify
your service centre.
If the burner flame is accidentally extinguished, switch the oven off and
leave the burner off for at least 1 minute. Then ignite it again.
When grilling, pull out the heat guard and leave the flap fully open.
Before using the gas oven for the first time run it for 30 minutes at max-
imum temperature without any contents.
When the flame goes out, the thermocouple automatically cuts the gas
supply.
Further information can be obtained from the separate instruction manual
"Gas oven".
129Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Appliances
10
Switching on: Open the regulator tap on the gas bottle and the gas isolator tap "Oven".
Fully open the oven flap (Fig. 150,3).
Lightly press control knob (Fig. 150,2) and set to " " (oven) or " "
(grill).
Press the control knob (Fig. 150,2) and hold it down for 5 to 10 seconds.
Gas will stream into the burner.
Press the lighting switch (Fig. 150,1) repeatedly until there is a flame.
Once the flame is burning, the control knob must be held down for 10 to
15 seconds, until the thermocouple automatically keeps the gas supply
open.
Release the control knob and turn to the desired setting.
Switching off:
Turn control knob (Fig. 150,2) to " ". The flame fades.
Close the gas isolator tap "Oven" and the regulator tap on the gas bottle.
10.5.3 Gas cooker with gas oven and gas grill
Gas cooker
Fig. 150 Gas oven
During activation and operation of the gas cooker, no flammable objects
or highly inflammable objects such as dishcloths, napkins etc. must be
near the gas cooker. Fire hazard!
The process of ignition must be visible from above and must not be cov-
ered by cooking pans placed on the cooker.
Depending on the model, the gas cooker lid is held closed by a spring.
When closing there is danger of getting injured!
Do not use the glass gas cooker lid as a hob.
Do not close the gas cooker lid while the gas cooker is in operation.
Do not apply pressure on the gas cooker lid when it is closed.
Do not place hot cooking pans on the gas cooker lid.
Keep the gas cooker lid open after cooking until the burners are cool. Oth-
erwise the glass plate could shatter.
130 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Appliances
10
The vehicle kitchen unit is fitted with a four-burner gas cooker.
Switching on:
Open the regulator tap on the gas bottle and the gas isolator tap "Cooker".
Open the gas cooker lid (Fig. 151,1).
Turn the control knob (Fig. 151,7) on the burner you wish to use to the igni-
tion position (large flame).
Press the lighting knob (Fig. 151,4) until there is a flame.
Once the flame is burning, the control knob must be held down for 10 to
15 seconds, until the thermocouple automatically keeps the gas supply
open.
Release the control knob and turn to the desired setting.
If ignition is unsuccessful, repeat the entire procedure.
Switching off:
Turn the control knob to the 0-position. The flame fades.
Close the gas isolator tap "Cooker" and the regulator tap on the gas bottle.
Gas oven and gas grill
Only use pots and pans whose diameter is appropriate for the gas cooker
burners.
When the flame goes out, the thermocouple automatically cuts the gas
supply.
Further information can be obtained from the separate instruction manual
"Gas cooker".
Fig. 151 Gas cooker with oven and grill
Always keep ventilation apertures open.
There must be no flammable objects near the gas oven or the gas grill
when it is being lit.
The flap must remain open when it is being lit.
If ignition has not taken place, repeat the entire procedure. If necessary,
check if there is gas and/or current in the gas oven or the gas grill.
If the gas oven or the gas grill still does not work, close the gas isolator
tap and notify your Dethleffs dealer.
If the burner flame is accidentally extinguished, turn the control knob to
the "0" position and leave the burner off for at least 1 minute. Then ignite
it again.
Before using the gas grill of the gas oven for the first time run it for
30 minutes at maximum temperature without any contents.
131Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Appliances
10
Switching on the gas grill: Open the regulator tap on the gas bottle and the gas isolator tap "Cooker".
Fully open the flap on the grill (Fig. 151,5).
Lightly press the control knob (Fig. 151,2) and turn to lighting position
(large flame).
Press the lighting knob (Fig. 151,4) until there is a flame.
Once the flame is burning, the control knob must be held down for 10 to
15 seconds, until the thermocouple automatically keeps the gas supply
open.
Release the control knob and turn to the desired setting.
Switching on the gas oven:
Open the regulator tap on the gas bottle and the gas isolator tap "Cooker".
Fully open the oven flap (Fig. 151,6).
Press the control knob (Fig. 151,3) slightly and turn it to an ignition position
between 1 and 9.
Press the lighting knob (Fig. 151,4) until there is a flame.
Once the flame is burning, the control knob must be held down for 10 to
15 seconds, until the thermocouple automatically keeps the gas supply
open.
Release the control knob and turn to the desired setting.
Switching off the gas oven
and gas grill:
Turn the control knob to the 0-position. The flame fades.
Close the gas isolator tap "Cooker" and the regulator tap on the gas bottle.
10.5.4 Microwave oven
Only qualified personnel may repair the microwave oven. Improper
repairs can cause major risks to the user.
The protection device against the escape of microwave energy should
never be removed.
Use the microwave oven only if it has been properly installed.
Only use the microwave oven when the door seal is free of damage.
Never leave the microwave oven unattended when it is in operation.
If there is smoke, keep the microwave oven closed, switch it off and
interrupt the power supply.
Operate the microwave oven only with the rotary plate and the rotary cross
in place.
Use only crockery suitable for microwave use.
The microwave oven only functions with correct 240 V power supply. In the
case of fluctuations of the voltage or of voltage below 230 V, the microwave
oven switches itself off completely. Therefore, do not switch on additional
240 V appliances when the microwave oven is in operation. Particularly in
southern countries it happens that the line voltage is described as having
230 V but it really does not amount to this value. So it may happen that the
microwave oven cannot be operated in these countries.
Further information can be obtained from the separate instruction manual
"Microwave oven".
132 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Appliances
10
Switching on: Open the door and place foodstuffs into the cooking area.
Close the door. A clicking noise can be heard when it engages.
Select the output on the control knob (Fig. 152,1).
Select the cooking time with the control knob (Fig. 152,2). Cooking begins.
The end of the cooking process is signalled by a signal tone. The microwave
oven will switch off automatically.
Switching off:
Open the door and remove foodstuffs.
10.5.5 Extractor hood
Depending on the model, the cooker is fitted with an extractor hood. The pow-
erful fan blows the cooking steam directly outside.
Press switch (Fig. 153,1 or Fig. 154,1) to switch the extractor hood on and off.
The switch (Fig. 153,2) is used to turn the cooker lamp in the extractor hood
on and off.
10.6 Refrigerator
During the journey, only operate the refrigerator via the 12 V power supply. At
high ambient temperatures the refrigerator is unable to reach its full cooling
power. At high external temperatures, the full cooling power of the cooling unit
is only guaranteed if the refrigerator is ventilated sufficiently. In order to
achieve a better ventilation the refrigerator ventilation grill can be removed.
Fig. 152 Operating controls for micro-
wave oven
Depending on the model, the operating controls for the extractor hood are
found directly on the extractor hood or in the operating panel of the kitchen
unit.
Fig. 153 Extractor hood with lights Fig. 154 Extractor hood without lights
133Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Appliances
10
10.6.1 Refrigerator ventilation grill
Dometic
Removal:
Turn screw (Fig. 155,1 or Fig. 156,1) one quarter turn using a coin.
Remove refrigerator ventilation grill.
Thetford
Removal:
Move the locking device (Fig. 157,1) to the middle.
Remove refrigerator ventilation grill.
10.6.2 Operation (Dometic 7 series with flame indicator)
Operating modes The refrigerator has 2 operating modes:
Gas operation
Electrical operation (240 V AC or 12 V DC)
The operating mode is set with the operating controls on the refrigerator panel.
When leaving the vehicle, always mount the refrigerator ventilation grill.
Otherwise water can enter during rain.
If the caravan is equipped with the AL-KO Trailer Control System (ATC),
the cooling power of the refrigerator during driving is somewhat less than
with vehicles without ATC.
Fig. 155 Refrigerator ventilation grill
(Dometic small)
Fig. 156 Refrigerator ventilation grill
(Dometic large)
Fig. 157 Refrigerator ventilation grill
(Thetford)
Select only one energy source.
Even when the 12 V power supply is switched off, a small electrical power
flows which puts an extra load on the living area battery. Always switch off
the refrigerator for a temporary lay-up.
134 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Appliances
10
Gas operation
Switching on:
Open the regulator tap on the gas bottle and the gas isolator tap "Refriger-
ator".
Set energy selector switch (Fig. 158,1) to "GAS".
Press the control knob (Fig. 158,2), turn it to the highest level and hold it
down. Wait until gas gets into the burner.
Press the gas ignition button (Fig. 158,3) repeatedly until the flame
appears in the inspection glass (bottom left in the refrigerator).
Keep the control knob (Fig. 158,2) pressed down until the flame indicator
(Fig. 158,4) becomes green and then release it.
Check in the inspection glass (bottom left-hand side in the refrigerator)
whether the flame is visible.
Adjust the refrigerating temperature with the control knob.
If ignition is unsuccessful, repeat the entire procedure.
Switching off:
Set energy selector switch to " ". Refrigerator is switched off.
Close the gas isolator tap "Refrigerator" and the regulator tap on the gas
bottle.
Electrical operation
The refrigerator can be operated with the following voltages:
240 V AC
12 V DC
Switching the 240 V
operation on:
Set energy selector switch (Fig. 158,1) to "240 V".
Use the control knob (Fig. 158,2) to adjust the refrigerating temperature.
Never let gas escape unburned due to danger of explosion.
It is not permitted to operate the refrigerator with car gas.
Before starting up the refrigerator with gas, remove the two louvered panel
covers (SE) for the refrigerator on the outside of the vehicle.
Fig. 158 Operating controls for the
refrigerator (Dometic 7 series
with manual ignition)
1 Energy selector switch
2 Control knob for setting the tempera-
ture
3 Gas ignition button
4 Flame indicator
Close the gas isolator tap "Refrigerator" when the refrigerator is operated
electrically.
135Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Appliances
10
Switching the 240 V
operation off:
Set energy selector switch to " ". Refrigerator is switched off.
Switching the 12 V
operation on:
Set energy selector switch (Fig. 158,1) to "12 V".
Use the control knob (Fig. 158,2) to adjust the refrigerating temperature.
Switching the 12 V
operation off:
Set energy selector switch to " ". Refrigerator is switched off.
When operated with 12 V, the refrigerator draws power from the starter battery
of the towing vehicle. Therefore 12 V operation of the refrigerator is only pos-
sible while the engine of the towing vehicle is running. During prolonged
driving breaks, change over to gas operation.
10.6.3 Operation (Dometic 7 series with manual ignition and frame
heater)
Operating modes The refrigerator has 2 operating modes:
Gas operation
Electrical operation (240 V AC or 12 V DC)
The operating mode is set with the operating controls on the refrigerator panel.
Gas operation
Further information can be obtained from the separate instruction manual
"Refrigerator".
Select only one energy source.
Even when the 12 V power supply is switched off, a small electrical power
flows which puts an extra load on the living area battery. Always switch off
the refrigerator for a temporary lay-up.
Never let gas escape unburned due to danger of explosion.
It is not permitted to operate the refrigerator with car gas.
Before starting up the refrigerator with gas, remove the two louvered panel
covers (SE) for the refrigerator on the outside of the vehicle.
Fig. 159 Operating controls for the
refrigerator (Dometic 7 series
with manual ignition and frame
heater)
1 Frame heater (FH) button
2 Indicator lamp, frame heater
3 Energy selector switch
4 Control knob for setting the tempera-
ture
5 Gas ignition button
6 Flame indicator
136 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Appliances
10
Switching on: Open the regulator tap on the gas bottle and the gas isolator tap "Refriger-
ator".
Set energy selector switch (Fig. 159,3) to "GAS".
Press the control knob (Fig. 159,4), turn it to the highest level and hold it
down. Wait until gas gets into the burner.
Press the gas ignition button (Fig. 159,5) repeatedly until the flame
appears in the inspection glass (bottom left in the refrigerator).
Keep the control knob (Fig. 159,4) pressed down until the flame indicator
(Fig. 159,6) becomes green and then release it.
Check in the inspection glass (bottom left-hand side in the refrigerator)
whether the flame is visible.
Adjust the refrigerating temperature with the control knob.
If ignition is unsuccessful, repeat the entire procedure.
Switching off:
Set energy selector switch to " ". Refrigerator is switched off.
Close the gas isolator tap "Refrigerator" and the regulator tap on the gas
bottle.
Electrical operation
The refrigerator can be operated with the following voltages:
240 V AC
12 V DC
Switching the 240 V
operation on:
Set energy selector switch (Fig. 159,3) to "230 V".
Use the control knob (Fig. 159,4) to adjust the refrigerating temperature.
Switching the 240 V
operation off:
Set energy selector switch to " ". Refrigerator is switched off.
Switching the 12 V
operation on:
Set energy selector switch (Fig. 159,3) to "12 V".
Use the control knob (Fig. 159,4) to adjust the refrigerating temperature.
Switching the 12 V
operation off:
Set energy selector switch to " ". Refrigerator is switched off.
When operated with 12 V, the refrigerator draws power from the starter battery
of the towing vehicle. Therefore 12 V operation of the refrigerator is only pos-
sible while the engine of the towing vehicle is running. During prolonged
driving breaks, change over to gas operation.
Frame heater (FH)
High external temperatures and high humidity can cause drops of water to
form on the metal frame of the freezer compartment. This is why the refriger-
ator is equipped with a frame heater for the freezer compartment. If the tem-
Close the gas isolator tap "Refrigerator" when the refrigerator is operated
electrically.
If the frame heater is switched on, it will always consume current. There-
fore, switch off the frame heater if the engine of the towing vehicle is off and
the vehicle is not connected to the 240 V power supply.
137Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Appliances
10
perature and humidity are high, switch on the frame heater by pressing the
button (Fig. 159,1). This prevents corrosion. If the frame heater is switched on,
the indicator lamp (Fig. 159,2) will be lit.
10.6.4 Operation (Dometic 7 series with AES)
Operating modes The refrigerator is equipped with an automatic system to select the type of
power (AES). The AES automatically selects the optimal energy source and
regulates the refrigerator operation. Manual intervention to select the type of
power is possible but not required.
The AES selects from the following types of power:
Solar installation 12 V
240 V AC
12 V DC
Gas
Choosing the available energy source highest on the list.
240 V operation If the 240 V power supply is connected, this energy source is selected as the
first priority by the AES.
12 V operation 12 V operation is only selected by the AES if the engine of the towing vehicle
is running and the alternator supplies sufficient 12 V operating power.
Gas operation
Further information can be obtained from the separate instruction manual
"Refrigerator".
Even when the 12 V power supply is switched off, a small electrical power
flows which puts an extra load on the living area battery. Always switch off
the refrigerator for a temporary lay-up.
Fig. 160 Operating controls for the
refrigerator (Dometic 7 series
with AES)
1 Energy selector switch
2 Indicator lamps
3 Indicator lamps
4 Control knob for setting the tempera-
ture
Never let gas escape unburned due to danger of explosion.
It is not permitted to operate the refrigerator with car gas.
Open the regulator tap on the gas bottle and the gas isolator tap "Refriger-
ator".
138 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Appliances
10
If the 240 V power supply is not connected and the engine of the towing
vehicle is not running the AES selects the gas supply. When selecting gas
operation the ignition fuse is opened automatically so gas can get into the
burner. At the same time the electronic ignition is activated. If the gas flame is
extinguished, e.g. by blast of wind, the ignition is activated immediately and re-
ignites the gas. When the gas operation is faulty, the "GAS" indicator lamp
(Fig. 160,2) flashes red.
Change-over between
energy sources
When changing over between the different power sources there are forced
delays built in the AES. This means, that after a change-over to a new energy
source the refrigerator can not be operated immediately. When changing over
from 12 V operation to gas operation, a 15-minute delay is built in the AES.
This prevents a change-over to gas operation when the vehicle is stopped
briefly and the engine is switched off (e.g. stop to fill tank).
Refrigerating temperature
control
When turned on the first time the refrigerator automatically selects the middle
thermostat position. This position can be adjusted manually by using the con-
trol knob (Fig. 160,4). The indicator lamps (Fig. 160,3) show the selected ther-
mostat position. The refrigerating temperature for the three types of energy is
set with the control knob. It takes a few hours till the refrigerator reaches its
normal operating temperature. When changing over the operating mode the
thermostat setting will be maintained. The refrigerating temperature is retained
regardless of the type of power being used.
Manual operation
Switching on:
Open the regulator tap on the gas bottle and the gas isolator tap "Refriger-
ator".
Select the energy type with the energy selector switch (Fig. 160,1). The
respective indicator lamp (Fig. 160,2) lights up green.
Adjust refrigerating temperature with the control knob (Fig. 160,4). The
indicator lamps (Fig. 160,3) show the selected thermostat position.
When the gas operation is faulty, the "GAS" indicator lamp (Fig. 160,2) flashes
red.
When operated with 12 V, the refrigerator draws power only from the starter
battery.
Switching off:
Turn energy selector switch (Fig. 160,1) to " ". No indicator lamp
(Fig. 160,2) is lit.
Close the gas isolator tap "Refrigerator" and the regulator tap on the gas
bottle.
Open flames are prohibited at petrol stations. If the stop takes longer
than 15 minutes, the refrigerator has to be turned off at the energy
selector switch.
If the refrigerator is manually set to "12 V", it will constantly consume cur-
rent. Therefore, switch over to gas operation when the vehicle engine is
not running, and the vehicle is not connected to the 240 V power supply.
139Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Appliances
10
10.6.5 Operation (Thetford without SES)
Operating modes The refrigerator has 2 operating modes:
Gas operation
Electrical operation (240 V AC or 12 V DC)
The operating mode is set with the operating controls on the refrigerator panel.
Infinitely variable regulation of the cooling power is only possible with gas
operation and when the refrigerator is operated with 240 V. It is not possible
with 12 V operation.
Gas operation
Switching on:
Open the regulator tap on the gas bottle and the gas isolator tap "Refriger-
ator".
Set energy selector switch (Fig. 161,1) to gas " ".
Press the control knob (Fig. 161,3) down and hold it. Gas supply is open.
Ignition will take place automatically. A ticking sound can be heard until
ignition has been completed successfully.
Keep the control knob (Fig. 161,3) pressed down until the flame indicator
(Fig. 161,2) becomes green and then release it. If the flame fades, then the
ignition device will repeat the ignition process.
Adjust the refrigerating temperature with the control knob.
Switching off:
Set the energy selector switch (Fig. 161,1) to " ". Refrigerator is switched
off.
Close the gas isolator tap "Refrigerator" and the regulator tap on the gas
bottle.
Further information can be obtained from the separate instruction manual
"Refrigerator".
Select only one energy source.
Even when the 12 V power supply is switched off, a small electrical power
flows which puts an extra load on the living area battery. Always switch off
the refrigerator for a temporary lay-up.
Never let gas escape unburned due to danger of explosion.
Fig. 161 Operating controls for the
refrigerator (Thetford without
SES)
1 Energy selector switch
2 Flame indicator
3 Control knob for setting the tempera-
ture
140 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Appliances
10
Electrical operation
The refrigerator can be operated with the following voltages:
240 V AC
12 V DC
Switching the 240 V
operation on:
Set energy selector switch (Fig. 161,1) to 240 V operation " ".
Use the control knob (Fig. 161,3) to adjust the refrigerating temperature.
Switching the 240 V
operation off:
Set energy selector switch to " ". Refrigerator is switched off.
Switching the 12 V
operation on:
Set energy selector switch (Fig. 161,1) to 12 V operation " ".
Switching the 12 V
operation off:
Set energy selector switch to " ". Refrigerator is switched off.
When operated with 12 V, the refrigerator draws power from the starter battery
of the towing vehicle. Therefore 12 V operation of the refrigerator is only pos-
sible while the engine of the towing vehicle is running. During prolonged
driving breaks, change over to gas operation.
The thermostat is not activated during 12 V operation. The refrigerator oper-
ates continuously.
10.6.6 Refrigerator door locking mechanism
With some models, the refrigerator has a separate freezer compartment. The
specifications in this section correspondingly also apply to the door of the
freezer compartment.
There are two positions for locking the refrigerator door in place:
Closed refrigerator door during travel and when the refrigerator is in oper-
ation
Slightly opened refrigerator door as a ventilation position when the refrig-
erator is switched off
Close the gas isolator tap "Refrigerator" when the refrigerator is operated
electrically.
Further information can be obtained in the manufacturer's instruction
manual.
During the journey the refrigerator door must always be closed and locked
in the closed position.
Lock the refrigerator door in ventilation position when the refrigerator is
switched off. This prevents mould forming.
141Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Appliances
10
Dometic 7 series
Opening:
Push the lock (Fig. 162,1) to the left " ".
Use recessed grip to open refrigerator door.
Closing:
Fully close the refrigerator door.
Push the lock (Fig. 162,1) completely to the right " ".
Locking in the ventilation
position:
Slightly open refrigerator door.
Push the lock completely to the right. The door latch (Fig. 163,1) keeps the
refrigerator door in a fixed position. The refrigerator door will then stay
slightly open (Fig. 163).
Dometic 7 series with
separate freezer
compartment
Opening:
Push the lock (Fig. 164,1) to the side, so that the open lock " "
(Fig. 164,3) is completely visible.
Use recessed grip to open refrigerator door/freezer compartment door.
Closing:
Fully close the refrigerator door/freezer compartment door.
Push the lock (Fig. 164,1) to the side, so that the closed lock " "
(Fig. 164,2) is completely visible.
Fig. 162 Locking of the refrigerator door
(Dometic 7 series)
Fig. 163 Refrigerator door in ventilation
position (Dometic 7 series)
Fig. 164 Locking of the refrigerator
door/freezer compartment
door (Dometic 7 series with
separate freezer compartment)
Fig. 165 Refrigerator door/freezer com-
partment door in ventilation
position (Dometic 7 series with
separate freezer compartment)
142 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Appliances
10
Locking in the ventilation
position:
Slightly open refrigerator door/freezer compartment door.
Push the lock completely to the right. The door latch (Fig. 165,1) keeps the
refrigerator door/freezer compartment door in a fixed position. The refriger-
ator door/freezer compartment door will then stay slightly open (Fig. 165).
Thetford
Opening:
Open the refrigerator door at the handle (Fig. 166,2). The lock (Fig. 166,1)
is released automatically.
Closing:
Fully close the refrigerator door. Ensure that the lock is engaged.
Locking in the ventilation
position:
Slightly open refrigerator door.
Open the lock (Fig. 167,2) and snap it into the locking catch (Fig. 167,1).
The refrigerator door will then stay slightly open.
Fig. 166 Lock of refrigerator door,
closed (Thetford)
Fig. 167 Refrigerator door in ventilation
position (Thetford)
143Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Sanitary fittings
11
11Sa nitary fittings
Chapter overview
This chapter contains instructions regarding the sanitary fittings of the vehicle.
The instructions address the following topics:
the external water connection
waste water tank
complete water system
toilet compartment
toilet
11.1 Water supply, general
An electric water pump pumps the water from the external water tank to the
individual water taps. Opening a water tap automatically switches on the water
pump and pumps water to the tap.
A canister or the waste water tank collects the waste water.
Fill water tank from supply systems that have been verified to provide
drinking water quality.
Only use such hoses or containers when filling that have been approved
for use with drinking water.
Thoroughly rinse filling hose or container with drinking water before use
(2 to 3 times capacity).
Empty filling hose or container completely after use and close openings
of the filling hose or container.
Water left standing in the water tank or in the water pipes becomes
undrinkable after a short period. Therefore, before each use of the
vehicle, thoroughly clean the water pipes and the water tank. After each
use of the vehicle completely empty the water tank and the water pipes.
In the case of lay-ups lasting more than a week disinfect the water
system before using the vehicle.
If the vehicle is not used for several days or if it is not heated when there is
a risk of frost, empty the entire water system. Leave the water taps on in
central position. Leave the safety/drainage valve (if there is one) and all
drain cocks open. Frost damage to appliances, frost damage to the vehicle
and deposits in water-carrying components can be avoided in this way.
The water pump will overheat without water and can get damaged. Never
operate water pump when the water tank is empty.
Before using the water fittings, the 240 V power supply must be connected
and the 240 V automatic circuit breaker must be switched on, or the car-
avan must be electrically connected to the towing vehicle. Otherwise the
water pump will not work.
144 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Sanitary fittings
11
11.2 External water supply
Using water supply: Open the flap (Fig. 168,1) on the external water connection.
Push both locks (Fig. 168,2) to the side.
Remove the cover (Fig. 168,3).
Insert the hose of a water pump with the coupling on the connection cou-
pling.
Insert the plug for the power supply on the supply point.
11.3 Waste water tank
Fig. 168 External water supply
Before commencing the journey, empty the waste water tank.
If there is any risk of frost, empty the waste water tank. For models with a
heater for the waste water tank, the waste water tank is only sufficiently
protected from frost when the hot-water heater and the heater for the waste
water tank are in operation.
Never pour boiling water directly into the sink outlet. Boiling water could
cause deformation and leaks in the waste water pipe system.
Only empty the waste water tank at disposal stations, camping sites or car-
avan sites especially provided for this purpose.
145Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Sanitary fittings
11
11.3.1 Waste water tank, mobile
Emptying: Use the cap (Fig. 169,3) to close the opening of the waste water tank
(Fig. 169,1).
Use the handle (Fig. 169,2) to pull out the waste water tank.
Fold the carrying handle (Fig. 169,4) up and upright the waste water tank.
Completely empty the waste water tank at disposal stations that are espe-
cially provided for this purpose.
11.3.2 Waste water tank, permanently installed
The waste water tank is located in the caravan and is permanently mounted.
The waste water tank collects waste water.
Emptying:
Place a suitable container under the waste water drain neck (Fig. 170,2) or
position the vehicle with the drain neck over a specially designated dis-
posal point.
Open the drain cock (Fig. 170,1). The waste water will run out.
Close drain cock.
Fig. 169 Waste water tank, mobile
Fig. 170 Waste water drain neck and
drain cock
146 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Sanitary fittings
11
11.3.3 Waste water tank in the holder under the vehicle
Removal: Undo safety chain (Fig. 171,4).
Press the handle (Fig. 171,3) inwards and turn one quarter turn in a clock-
wise direction.
Move the waste water tank and the holder (Fig. 171,2) forwards and down-
wards.
Remove waste water tank (Fig. 171,1).
11.3.4 Odour seal
In order to prevent odours occurring in the waste water system, the vehicle -
depending on the model - has been equipped with odour seals (Fig. 172,1).
The odour seals are installed in the waste water pipes.
Clean the odour seals every two years at the latest. To do so, unscrew and
remove the bottom cover (Fig. 172,2).
11.4 Filling the water system
Position the vehicle horizontally.
Connect the 240 V power supply and switch on the 240 V automatic circuit
breaker.
Switch on the 12 V main switch on the panel (Power Pack SE).
Clean or disinfect water system.
Fig. 171 Waste water tank in the holder
under the vehicle
Fig. 172 Odour seal
The water pump will overheat without water and can get damaged. Never
operate water pump when the water tank is empty.
147Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Sanitary fittings
11
Close drain cocks for the boiler and hot water source.
Close all water taps.
Establish the external water connection.
Fill the water tank with drinking water. Use a water hose, a water canister
with a funnel or similar for filling.
Set all the water taps to "Hot" and open them. The water pump is turned
on. The warm water pipes are filled with water.
Keep the taps open until the water flowing out of the taps has no bubbles
in it. This is the only way to ensure that the boiler is full of water.
Set all water taps to "Cold" and leave them open. This will fill the cold water
pipes with water.
Keep the taps open until the water flowing out of the taps has no bubbles
in it.
Close all water taps.
Check that the cap on the water tank is not leaking.
11.5 Emptying the water system
To empty and ventilate the water system, proceed as follows. This will avoid
frost damage:
Position the vehicle horizontally.
Switch off the 12 V power supply on the panel (Power Pack SE).
Switch off the 240 V power supply on the 240 V automatic circuit breaker.
Open all drain cocks.
Take off the external water connection.
Open all water taps and set to the central position.
Hang the shower handset up in the shower position.
Empty the waste water tank. Take note of the environmental tips in this
chapter.
Empty Thetford cassette. Take note of the environmental tips in this
chapter.
Clean the water tank and then rinse it out thoroughly.
Let the water system dry for as long as possible.
After emptying, leave all water taps on in the central position.
Leave all drain cocks open.
If the vehicle is not used for several days or if it is not heated when there is
a risk of frost, empty the entire water system. Leave the water taps on in
central position. Leave the safety/drainage valve (if there is one) and all
drain cocks open. Frost damage to appliances, frost damage to the vehicle
and deposits in water-carrying components can be avoided in this way.
Take note of the environmental tip in this chapter.
148 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Sanitary fittings
11
11.6 Toilet compartment
The switches for the toilet compartment lighting are installed in different places
in the toilet compartment depending on the model.
For example, the light switch (Fig. 173,1) of the toilet compartment is located
under the bathroom cabinet.
11.7 Toilet
Do not transport any loads in the shower tray. The shower tray or other
items of equipment in the toilet compartment can be damaged.
For ventilation purposes during or after a shower, and for drying wet
clothing, close the toilet compartment door and open the window or the
toilet compartment skylight. This improves the air circulation.
Close the shower curtain completely when showering, so that no water is
able to enter the area between the wash room wall and the shower tray.
After taking a shower, rinse soap residue from the shower tray, otherwise
cracks can appear in the shower tray over time.
After using the shower, wipe it dry to prevent moisture from collecting.
Further information about cleaning the toilet compartment can be found in
the section 12.3.
Fig. 173 Light switch
If there is any risk of frost and the vehicle is not heated, empty the sewage
tank (cassette).
Do not sit on the lid of the toilet. The lid is not designed to bear the weight
of a person and could break.
Use a suitable chemical for this toilet. The ventilation will merely remove
the odour but not germs and gases. Germs and gases will have a detri-
mental effect on the sealing rubbers.
Further information can be obtained in the manufacturer's instruction
manual.
Only empty the sewage tank (cassette) at disposal stations, at camping
sites or caravan sites, that are especially provided for this purpose.
149Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Sanitary fittings
11
11.7.1 Swivel toilet
The flushing of the Thetford toilet is fed directly from the water system of the
vehicle. The toilet bowl can be moved into the optimal position.
Flushing:
Before flushing open the sliding trap of the Thetford toilet. To do this, push
the slide lever (Fig. 174,1) in an anticlockwise direction.
For flushing, press the blue flush button (Fig. 175,1).
After flushing close the sliding trap. To do this push the slide lever in a
clockwise direction.
The indicator lamp (Fig. 175,2) goes on whenever the Thetford cassette has
to be emptied.
Emptying:
Turn the slide lever (Fig. 174,1) in a clockwise direction. The sliding trap is
closed. To empty, the sliding trap in the Thetford toilet must be closed.
Remove the Thetford cassette and empty it as described in sections 11.7.4
and 11.7.5.
11.7.2 Toilet with separate water tank
The Thetford toilet is flushed via its own water tank, which is integrated in the
toilet compartment.
The flap for the Thetford cassette (Fig. 176) is located on the outside of the
vehicle.
Filling the water tank:
Insert key into locking cylinder of the push-button lock (Fig. 176,1) and turn
a quarter turn in a clockwise direction.
Remove the key.
Fig. 174 Thetford toilet bowl, swivelling Fig. 175 Flush button/indicator lamp
Thetford toilet
Fig. 176 Flap for Thetford cassette Fig. 177 Thetford cassette
150 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Sanitary fittings
11
Press both push-button locks (Fig. 176,2) simultaneously with your thumb
and open the flap for the Thetford cassette.
Swing the fresh water filler neck (Fig. 177,1) towards the outside.
Remove screw cap (Fig. 177,2).
Fill with fresh water until the fluid level reaches the top edge. This corre-
sponds to approx. 15 l.
Close the screw cap.
Swivel the fresh water filler neck inwards.
Close the flap for the Thetford cassette.
Flushing:
Before flushing open the sliding trap of the Thetford toilet. To do this, turn
the slide lever (Fig. 178,1) in an anticlockwise direction.
For flushing, press the blue flush button (Fig. 178,3).
After flushing close the sliding trap. To do this turn the slide lever
(Fig. 178,1) in a clockwise direction.
The indicator lamp (Fig. 178,2) goes on whenever the Thetford cassette has
to be emptied.
Emptying:
Turn the slide lever (Fig. 178,1) in a clockwise direction. The sliding trap is
closed. To empty, the sliding trap in the Thetford toilet must be closed.
Remove the Thetford cassette and empty it as described in sections 11.7.4
and 11.7.5.
Emptying the water tank:
Open the sliding trap. To do this, turn the slide lever in an anticlockwise
direction.
Press the flush button until water ceases to flow into the bowl.
Close the sliding trap. To do this turn the slide lever in a clockwise direction.
Open the flap for the Thetford cassette.
Swing the fresh water filler neck towards the outside.
Remove the screw cap from the fresh water filler neck.
Turn the fresh water filler neck in an anticlockwise direction until the
residual water flows out.
Turn the fresh water filler neck back in a clockwise direction.
Screw the screw cap onto the fresh water filler neck.
Swivel the fresh water filler neck inwards.
Fig. 178 Operating unit Thetford toilet
151Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Sanitary fittings
11
11.7.3 Vacuum toilet (Dometic)
The flushing of the toilet is fed directly from the water system of the vehicle.
Putting into operation:
Turn on power supply. The yellow LED (Fig. 180,1) on the panel
(Fig. 179,1) turns on for ca. 1 minute. A vacuum is generated in the system.
If the green LED (Fig. 180,3) on the panel lights up, lift the pedal
(Fig. 179,3) briefly, so that some water runs into the toilet bowl (Fig. 179,2)
and the stopper on the bottom is covered with water.
The vacuum toilet is ready for operation.
Flushing:
Close the lid of the toilet.
Press down the pedal (Fig. 179,3) for several seconds.
Briefly lift the pedal, so that some water runs into the toilet bowl (Fig. 179,2)
and the stopper on the bottom is covered with water.
The red LED (Fig. 180,2) lights up if the cassette must be emptied or removed.
Removing the cassette:
Remove the cassette and empty it as described in sections 11.7.4 and
11.7.5.
11.7.4 Removing the cassette
Only flush the toilet if the toilet lid is closed.
Fig. 179 Vacuum toilet Fig. 180 Vacuum toilet panel
Flushing only functions if the green LED is lit.
The sewage tank (cassette) can only be taken out if the sliding trap is
closed.
152 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Sanitary fittings
11
Open the flap for the cassette on the outside of the vehicle. Insert the key
into the locking cylinder of the push-button lock (Fig. 181,1) and turn a
quarter turn.
Remove the key.
Press both push-button locks (Fig. 181,2) simultaneously with your thumb
and open the flap for the cassette.
Press the release (Fig. 182,1) and pull out the toilet cassette on the handle
(Fig. 182,2).
11.7.5 Emptying the cassette
Take the cassette to a disposal point especially provided for this purpose.
As you do this, point the drainage neck upwards.
If necessary, turn the drainage neck upwards.
Remove the cap of the drainage neck.
Point the cassette with the drainage neck downwards.
For Thetford cassettes: Activate the aeration knob with your thumb. The
cassette empties.
Close drainage neck with the cap.
If necessary, return the drainage neck to its original position.
Push the cassette back to its original position.
Ensure that the cassette is secured by the retaining clip.
Lock the flap for the cassette.
Fig. 181 Flap for the toilet cassette Fig. 182 Thetford cassette
Fig. 183 Emptying the Thetford cas-
sette
153Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Care
12
12Care
Chapter overview
This chapter contains instructions regarding the care of the vehicle.
The instructions address the following topics:
exterior of the vehicle
filter of the external water connection
interior
water system
extractor hood
air conditioning unit
winter operation
At the end of the chapter there is a checklist of measures you must carry out
if you are not going to use the vehicle for an extended period of time.
The checklist address the following topics:
temporary lay-up
winter lay-up
start-up after a lay-up
12.1 External care
12.1.1 Washing with a high-pressure cleaner
Before cleaning the vehicle with a high-pressure cleaner, observe the oper-
ating instructions of the high-pressure cleaner.
When cleaning with the nozzle for circular jet between the vehicle and the
cleaning nozzle, maintain a minimum distance of approx. 700 mm.
Take into consideration that the jet of water comes out of the cleaning nozzle
with pressure. The vehicle may be damaged by incorrect handling of the high-
pressure cleaner. The temperature of the water should not be above 60 °C.
Keep the jet of water in constant movement during the washing process. Do
not direct the water jet at clearances, built-in electrical parts, plugs, seals, the
ventilation grill or the skylights. The vehicle may be damaged or water may
enter the interior.
12.1.2 Washing the vehicle
Wash the vehicle only on a washing site intended for this purpose.
Avoid full sunshine. Observe environmental measures.
Only clean external applications and synthetic parts with plenty of warm
water, dish washing liquid and soft cloth.
Wash down the vehicle with plenty of water, a clean sponge or a soft brush.
In the case of stubborn dirt add dish washing liquid to the water.
Painted exterior walls may also be cleaned with a caravan cleaner.
Do not clean the tyres with a high-pressure cleaner. The tyres might be
damaged.
Do not spray external applications (deco-films) directly with the high-pres-
sure cleaner. The external applications could come off.
Never clean the vehicle in the car wash. Water can enter the refrigerator
grills, the waste gas vents, the ventilation of the extractor hoods or the
forced ventilations. The vehicle could be damaged.
154 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Care
12
Add-on parts made of glass-fibre reinforced plastic (GRP) require a regular
follow-up treatment with a polisher. This way these parts will not turn yellow
and the sealing of the surface remains intact.
Treat rubber seals of doors and storage flaps with talc.
Treat locking cylinder of doors and storage flaps with graphite dust.
12.1.3 Windows of acrylic glass
Acrylic glass windows are delicate and require very careful handling.
12.1.4 Hot galvanized chassis
Salt deposits damage the hot galvanized chassis and can cause white rust.
But so-called white rust represent no defects. It is only a visual damage.
The most frequent causes for white rust are:
Abrasives and de-icing salts (e.g. when driving during winter months)
Condensation (e.g. by covering the vehicle with plastic foils or awning)
Humidity (e.g. by parking the vehicle in high grass, in puddles or sludge)
Cleaning agents (e.g. by cleaning with aggressive cleaning agents)
Snow (e.g. by standing too long in snow)
Defective ventilation (e.g. by covering with aprons in the floor area)
To avoid formation of white rust or to remove any existing white rust, we rec-
ommend the following method:
After driving in winter, rinse out the hot galvanized surfaces with clean
water.
If hot galvanized parts are affected by white rust, clean with a zinc cleaner
(e.g. Poligrat).
12.1.5 Underbody
The underbody of the vehicle is partly coated with an age-resistant underbody
protection. Should the underbody protection be damaged, repair immediately.
Do not treat areas coated with underbody protection with spray oil.
Never rub acrylic glass windows dry as dust particles might damage the
surface!
Only clean acrylic glass windows with plenty of warm water, some dish
washing liquid and a soft cloth.
Never use glass cleaning agents with chemical, abrasive or alcohol-con-
taining additives. Premature brittleness of the panes and associated cracks
may result from their use.
Avoid contact of cleansing agents used for the body (e.g. tar- or silicone-
removing agents) with acrylic glass.
Do not clean vehicle in car wash.
Do not attach stickers to the acrylic glass windows.
Having cleaned the vehicle rinse acrylic glass with sufficient clear water.
Treat rubber seals with glycerin.
An acrylic glass cleanser with antistatic effect is suitable for a follow-up
treatment. Small scratches can be treated with an acrylic glass polish.
These agents are available at the accessories shop.
155Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Care
12
12.1.6 Waste water tank
Clean the waste water tank after every use of the vehicle.
Cleaning:
Open the cleaning opening on the waste water tank and the drain cock.
Thoroughly rinse out the waste water tank with fresh water.
12.2 Filter for the external water connection
Clean the filter of the external water connection every now and then. The
cleaning frequency depends on how hard the fresh water is and on how many
suspended solids there are in the water tank. Do not wait to clean the filter until
the performance of the water pump has noticeably decreased.
Cleaning the filter:
Open the flap (Fig. 184,1) on the external water connection.
Unscrew the filter (Fig. 184,2) in an anticlockwise direction.
Clean the filter or replace it with a new one.
12.3 Interior care
Only use products approved by the manufacturer. Our authorised dealers
and service centres will be happy to advise you.
Fig. 184 Filter for the external water
connection
If possible, treat stains immediately.
Acrylic glass windows are delicate and require very careful handling (see
section 12.1.3).
Synthetic parts in the toilet and living area are very delicate and should be
treated with care. Do not use solvents, alcohol-containing cleansers or
scourers containing sand. This procedure will help you to avoid brittleness
and formation of cracks.
Do not pour any corrosive agents into the drain holes. Never pour boiling
water directly into the drain holes. Corrosive agents and boiling water
cause damage to drainage pipes and siphon traps.
Do not use vinegar based products to clean the toilet and water system, or
for decalcification of the water system. Vinegar-based products may cause
damage to seals or parts of the installation. Use standard decalcifying
products for decalcification.
Save water. Mop up all remaining water.
Vacuum off carpets and cushions with a suitable brush attachment.
156 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Care
12
Surface and knobs of furniture, lamps and synthetic parts in the toilet and
living area should be cleaned with water and a wool cloth. A mild cleanser
may be added to the water. If required, use furniture polish for the painted
surfaces.
Clean upholstery with dry foam specially manufactured for the use on
upholstery or with the foam of a mild detergent. Do not wash upholstery.
Always have it cleaned. Protect upholstery from direct sunlight so that it
does not loose its colour.
Clean the imitation leather coverings by wiping them off in circular motion
with a soft cloth or sponge and a mixture of lukewarm water and mild lather.
Treat stubborn stains with a soft brush. For very hard-to-remove stains, use
a mixture of alcohol and water mixed in a 1:1 ratio. Afterwards, wipe it off
with soap water. Do not use any products that contain solvents or abra-
sives.
Wipe off Teflon coverings with an absorbent cloth or sponge and use a mild
household detergent.
Never rub wet or oily stains. Instead, dab them with an absorbent cloth.
Work from the outside to the inside to prevent spreading the stain.
When treating solid or dried stains, always try to scrape them off with a dull
knife or scraper or remove them off with a soft brush. Afterwards, dab off
any residue with a moist cloth.
Curtains and net curtains should be dry cleaned.
Vacuum clean the carpet, if necessary clean with carpet shampoo.
Clean PVC-floor covering with a mild, soapy cleanser for PVC floors. Do
not place carpet on wet PVC-floor covering. The carpet and the PVC-floor
covering may stick together.
Never clean the sink or the gas cooker with a scourer. Avoid anything which
may cause scratching or grooves.
Clean gas cooker only with a moist cloth. Prevent any water from pene-
trating the gas cooker. Water may damage the gas cooker.
Brush insect screens on doors, windows and skylights with a soft brush or
vacuum with the brush attachment of the vacuum cleaner.
Brush blinds with a soft brush or vacuum with the brush attachment of the
vacuum cleaner. Grease or stubborn dirt may be removed with a mild soap
at 30 °C (curd soap).
Brush Roman shades with a soft brush or vacuum with the brush attach-
ment of the vacuum cleaner. Grease or stubborn dirt may be removed with
a mild soap at 30 °C (curd soap).
12.4 Water system
12.4.1 Cleaning the water tank
Fill water tank with water and some washing-up liquid (do not use any
scourers).
Using a trade standard brush for washing dishes, scrub the water tank until
there is no longer any visible deposit.
For information about the use of maintenance products, our representa-
tives and service centres will be glad to advise.
157Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Care
12
Scrub also the pump housing.
Rinse water tank with copious amounts of drinking water.
12.4.2 Cleaning the water pipes
Empty the water system.
Close all drain holes and drain cocks.
Fill mixture of water and cleaning agent into the water tank. Observe the
manufacturer's instructions regarding the mixing ratio.
Open the drain cocks one by one.
Leave the drain cocks open until the mixture of water and cleaning agent
has reached the respective drain.
Close the drain cocks.
Set all the water taps to "Hot" and open them.
Leave the drain cocks open until the mixture of water and cleaning agent
has reached the drain.
Set all water taps to "Cold" and open them.
Leave the drain cocks open until the mixture of water and cleaning agent
has reached the drain.
Close all water taps.
Flush the toilet several times.
Allow the cleaning agent to act in accordance with the manufacturer's
instructions.
Empty the water system. Collect the mixture of water and cleaning agent
for correct disposal.
For rinsing fill the entire water system with drinking water and empty again
several times over.
12.4.3 Disinfecting the water system
Empty the water system.
Close all drain holes and drain cocks.
Fill mixture of water and disinfectant into the water tank. Observe the man-
ufacturer's instructions regarding the mixing ratio.
Only use suitable cleaning agents as sold by the specialist trade.
Collect any emerging mixture of water and cleaning agent for correct dis-
posal.
Only use suitable disinfectants as sold by the specialist trade.
Collect any emerging mixture of water and disinfectant for correct disposal.
158 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Care
12
Open the drain cocks one by one.
Leave the drain cocks open until the mixture of water and disinfectant has
reached the respective drain.
Close the drain cocks.
Set all the water taps to "Hot" and open them.
Leave the drain cocks open until the mixture of water and disinfectant has
reached the drain.
Set all water taps to "Cold" and open them.
Leave the drain cocks open until the mixture of water and disinfectant has
reached the drain.
Close all water taps.
Flush the toilet several times.
Allow the disinfectant to act in accordance with the manufacturer's instruc-
tions.
Empty the water system. Collect the mixture of water and disinfectant for
correct disposal.
For rinsing fill the entire water system with drinking water and empty again
several times over.
12.5 Extractor hood
Clean the extractor hood filter occasionally. How often cleaning is necessary
depends on how often the extractor hood is used. Do not wait to clean the filter
until the performance of the extractor hood has noticeably decreased.
Cleaning the filter:
Wash the filter with warm water and some washing-up liquid.
12.6 Air conditioning unit Dometic
A lint filter and an activated carbon filter are each located in the lower part of
the air conditioning system ceiling unit (Fig. 185,2) behind the ventilation grills
(Fig. 185,1 and 3). The lint filters must be cleaned at regular intervals and
replaced if necessary. The manufacturer recommends replacing the activated
carbon filter yearly.
On the left side of the ceiling unit (outside of the vehicle) is located the
drainage opening for the condensation. Keep the drain openings free from dirt,
leaves or similar to allow the condensation to be drained.
Fig. 185 Air conditioning unit (Dometic)
159Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Care
12
12.7 Vacuum toilet (Dometic)
If the toilet will not be used for a longer period of time, for example for Winter
lay up, the toilet must be cleaned and completely emptied.
Emptying valve:
Empty the entire water system.
Press the toilet pedal several times, until no more water flows.
Empty the cassette at a disposal station authorized for this purpose and
clean it.
Turn off power supply.
Remove cover (Fig. 186,3).
Unscrew the cap (Fig. 186,2).
Place a suitable container under the valve (Fig. 186,1).
Press the pedal several times until water no longer comes out of the valve.
Screw the cap back on and attach cover.
12.8 Winter care
De-icing salt damages the underbody and the parts open to water spray. We
recommend that you wash the vehicle more frequently during wintertime.
Mechanical and surface treated parts and the underside are under particular
strain, and should therefore be cleaned thoroughly.
12.8.1 Preparations
Check the vehicle for paint and rust damage. Repair damage as neces-
sary.
Make certain that water cannot penetrate the automatic floor ventilation
system and the heater.
Fig. 186 Vacuum toilet valve
If there is any risk of frost, always run heater at a minimum of 15 °C. Switch
the circulation fan (if there is one) to automatic. In the case of extreme
external temperatures, the furniture flaps and doors should be left slightly
open. The inflowing warm air can help prevent the freezing of water pipes,
for example, and counteract the formation of condensation in the storage
spaces.
If there is any risk of frost, cover the outside surface of the windows with
winter insulation mats.
Keep the waste gas vent, skylights with forced ventilation and mushroom-
shaped vents free of snow. For a roof vent, use a vent extension which is
at least 10 cm (4 inch) long.
160 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Care
12
Use a wax-based rust inhibitor to protect the metal parts of the underbody.
Use appropriate protection for external painted surfaces.
12.8.2 Winter operation
During winter operation, condensation develops when the vehicle is occupied
under low-temperature conditions. To ensure good interior air quality and
avoid vehicle damage from condensation, sufficient ventilation is essential.
Attach vent extension with a length of at least 10 cm.
When heating the vehicle, the heater should be at the highest setting and
roof storage cabinets, curtains and blinds should be opened. This ensures
optimal ventilation.
If the vehicle is equipped with a circulation fan, always switch the fan on
when the heater is on. There is danger of overheating for the heater!
In the morning, lift up all cushions, air out storage boxes and dry any damp
areas.
12.8.3 At the end of the winter season
Thoroughly clean the underbody. When this is done, corrosion-inducing
anti-freeze agents (salts, alkaline residues) are removed.
Clean the exterior and use regular car wax to protect metal surfaces.
Remove vent extension.
12.9 Lay-up
12.9.1 Temporary lay-up
Animals (especially mice) can cause great damage to the interior of the
vehicle. This is especially true if the animal remains undisturbed in a parked
vehicle.
The animals can get into the vehicle at an opportune moment and hide from
view.
To keep damages from animals to a minimum or to avoid them altogether, reg-
ularly check the vehicle for damage or animal traces. This is especially impor-
tant approx. 24 hours after parking the car in storage.
If animal traces are found, contact your authorised dealer or service centre. If
damage to cables has occurred, they can result in short circuits. The vehicle
could catch fire.
Before laying up the vehicle, go through the following checklist:
If condensation has still developed, just wipe it off.
If the vehicle has been stationary for a long period (approx. 10 months)
have the braking and gas systems checked by an authorised specialist
workshop.
Take into consideration that water is undrinkable after only a short time.
Animal damage to cables can lead to short circuits. Fire hazard!
161Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Care
12
Activities Done
Chassis
Lubricate the moving parts of the caravan coupling
Do not lubricate the friction pads on the stabiliser!
Jack up caravan with suitable support so that the wheels do not bear
any load, or move caravan every four weeks. This prevents any
pressure points from occurring on tyres and wheel bearings
Never use the fitted corner steadies as a car jack but only
external support.
Protect the tyres from direct exposure to the sun. Danger of forma-
tion of cracks!
Inflate tyres up to the recommended maximum pressure
Always provide for sufficient ventilation in the underbody area
Humidity or lack of oxygen e.g. by covering with plastic film
may cause optical irregularities to the underbody.
Body
All vents should be sealed with the appropriate caps and all other
openings (apart from forced ventilations) should also be sealed. This
prevents animals (e.g. mice) from gaining entry
Air the interior, all storage compartments accessible from the out-
side, and the parking space (e.g. garage) every 3 weeks in order to
prevent the occurrence of condensation and resulting mould forma-
tion
Interior
Place upholstery in an upright position for ventilation, and cover
Clean refrigerator
Allow refrigerator and freezer compartment doors to remain slightly
open
Search for traces of animals that have gained entry
Disconnect the flat screen from the mains and, if necessary, remove
it from the vehicle
Gas system
Close regulator tap on the gas bottle
Close all gas isolator taps
Always remove gas bottles from the gas bottle compartment, even if
they are empty
Electrical system
Fully charge living area battery
Charge the battery for at least 20 hours before laying up.
Spray the contacts on the thirteen-pin connector with contact spray
Water system
Empty the entire water system. Blow out the residual water from the
water pipes (0.5 bar max.). Leave the water taps on in central posi-
tion. Leave the safety/drainage valve (if there is one) and all drain
cocks open. Observe the notes in chapter 11
162 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Care
12
12.9.2 Winter lay-up
Additional measures are required if laying up the vehicle over winter:
Activities Done
Chassis
Clean body and underbody thoroughly and spray with hot wax or
protect with varnish
Rectify damage to the paintwork
Body
Keep the forced ventilation open
Clean and lubricate corner steadies
Clean and grease all door and flap hinges
Brush oil or glycerine on all locking mechanisms
Rub all rubber seals with talc
Use graphite dust to treat locking cylinders
Interior
Position de-humidifiers
Remove upholstery from the vehicle and store in a dry place
Air the interior every 3 weeks
Empty all cabinets and storage compartments, open flaps, doors and
drawers
Thoroughly clean the interior
If there is a risk of frost, do not leave the flat screen in the vehicle
Electrical system
Remove living area battery and store in a place protected from frost
(see chapter 9)
Water system
Clean the water system using a cleaning agent from a specialised
store
Complete vehicle
Clean the awning area and store in a dry place
Arrange the tarpaulins in such a way that the ventilation openings
are not covered, or use porous tarpaulins
163Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Care
12
12.9.3 Starting up the vehicle after a temporary lay-up or after lay-
up over winter
Go through the following checklist before start-up:
Activities Done
Chassis
Check the tyre pressure on all tyres
Check the tyre pressure of the spare wheel
Body
Check the functioning of the fitted corner steadies
Check that the doors, windows and skylights are working properly
Check the function of all external locks
Remove the cover from the waste gas vent of the heater (if there is
one)
Remove the winter cover from the refrigerator grills (if there is one)
Gas system
Put the gas bottles in the gas bottle compartment, tie down and con-
nect to the gas pressure regulator
Electrical system
Connect to 240 V power supply using the external socket
Fully charge living area battery
Charge the battery for at least 20 hours after lay-up.
Check that the electrical system are working, e.g. interior light, sock-
et and all installed electrical appliances
Water system
Disinfect water pipes and water tank
Close all drain cocks and water taps
Check the water taps, drain cocks and water distributors for leaks
Appliances
Check the function of the refrigerator
Change heating fluid of the hot-water heater every 2 years
Check the function of the heater/boiler
Check the function of the gas cooker
Check the function of the air conditioning unit
Check the function of the oven
164 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Care
12
165Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Maintenance
13
13Maintenance
Chapter overview
This chapter contains instructions about inspection and maintenance work
concerning the vehicle.
The maintenance instructions address the following topics:
stabiliser
braking system
Alde hot-water heater
replacing bulbs and fluorescent tubes
At the end of the chapter you will find important instructions on how to obtain
spare parts.
13.1 Inspection work
Like any technical appliance, the vehicle must be inspected at regular inter-
vals.
This inspection work must be carried out by qualified personnel.
Special technical knowledge, which cannot be taught within the framework of
this instruction manual, is required for these tasks. Personnel possessing this
technical knowledge are available for assistance at all service centres. Their
experience and regular technical instruction by the factory as well as equip-
ment and tools guarantee expert and up-to-date inspection of the vehicle.
The service centre in charge will confirm the work performed.
13.2 Maintenance work
As with every machine, this vehicle requires maintenance. The extent and fre-
quency of the maintenance work required depend on conditions of operation
and use. More difficult operating conditions make it necessary to service the
vehicle more often.
Have the appliances serviced at the intervals specified in the corresponding
instruction manuals.
13.3 Stabilisers
13.3.1 General
Clean the stabiliser and the coupling head regularly. Use either thinners or
white spirit. When lubricating the stabiliser ensure that no lubricant is on the
friction pads.
Observe the inspections indicated by the manufacturer and have them car-
ried out at the specified intervals. The value of the vehicle is thus pre-
served.
The confirmation of the inspection work carried out serves as valid proof in
the event of damage and guarantee claims.
166 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Maintenance
13
13.3.2 AKS 3004
Checking the stabilising
device (on the side of the
friction pads)
Prerequisite: Connection to AKS 3004, ball diameter 50 mm
Open the stabilising handle (Fig. 187,1).
Close the stabilising handle until a resistance can be felt (the friction pads
lie on the ball, they have not been tightened yet).
If the arrow on the pressure pad (Fig. 188,3) is in front of or on the marked
surface (Fig. 188,2), then the friction pads are still in good condition.
If the arrow on the pressure pad is within the marked surface (Fig. 188,1
to 2), then the friction pads are slightly worn.
If the arrow on the pressure pad is at the end of the marked surface
(Fig. 188,1) or exceeds it, then the friction pads are worn.
13.3.3 WS 3000 D
Checking the stabilising
device (on the side of the
friction pads)
Prerequisite: Connection to WS 3000, ball diameter 50 mm
Activate the stabilising mechanism. To do this, press the coupling handle
downwards (Fig. 189,2) from the closed position (Fig. 189,1) to its stop
limit.
A wear indicator (Fig. 190) with a bar diagram (Fig. 190,1) is attached on the
coupling handle.
Fig. 187 Stabilising handle Fig. 188 Friction pads
Resetting the friction pads is not required.
Fig. 189 Stabilising handle Fig. 190 Wear indicator
167Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Maintenance
13
When the pin (Fig. 190,2) is in the longitudinal hole at the marking with the
"+", the friction pads are still in good condition.
When the pin is at both centre markings, the friction pads are slightly worn.
When the pin is at the marking with the "–", the friction pads are worn and
must be replaced.
13.4 Braking system BPW/AL-KO chassis
Have maintenance work on the braking system carried out by a specialist
workshop.
Look up the following table for the inspection deadlines.
13.5 Alde hot-water heater
It is not possible to reset the friction pads.
Model First inspection Braking system Brake lining
BPW
chassis
– Every 2,000 or
3,000 km or every
12 months
Every 5,000 km or
every 12 months
AL-KO
chassis
After 1,500 km or
after 6 months
Every 10,000 or
15,000 km or every
12 months
Every 5,000 km or
every 12 months
Check the level of the heating fluid regularly on the compensator reservoir.
During or after the first operating hours of the hot-water heater, the filling
level may fall below the minimum mark. If this is the case, top up the
heating fluid.
We recommend to bleed the heating system after the initial heater opera-
tion and to check the glycol content.
Have heating fluid changed by an authorised dealer or a service centre at
intervals of approximately two years as corrosion-protection wears off after
some time.
Top up heating system with a water-glycol mixture (60 : 40) only. This mix-
ture offers frost protection up to approx. -25 °C.
Further information can be obtained in the manufacturer's instruction
manual.
168 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Maintenance
13
13.5.1 Checking the fluid level
Switch off the hot-water heater and allow it to cool down.
Check if the fluid level is between the marks "MIN" (Fig. 191,3) and "MAX"
(Fig. 191,2) on the compensator reservoir (Fig. 191).
13.5.2 Topping up heating fluid
Position the vehicle horizontally. This prevents the formation of bubbles.
Switch off the hot-water heater and allow it to cool down.
Unscrew or pull off the panel.
Open the rotary lid (Fig. 191,1) on the compensator reservoir.
Slowly remove cover with circulating pump upwards.
Check anti-freeze with an anti-freeze hydrometer. The frost protection con-
tent must be 40 % or correspond to a frost protection of -25 °C.
Fill water frost protection mixture slowly into the compensator reservoir.
13.5.3 Bleeding the heating system
The bleeding valves are built in nearby the radiators.
Switch off the hot-water heater and allow it to cool down.
Open bleeding valve (Fig. 192,1) and leave open until no more air escapes.
Fig. 191 Compensator reservoir hot-
water heater
The optimum fluid level is reached when the fluid in the compensator res-
ervoir is 1 cm above the "MIN" mark.
Fig. 192 Bleeding valve of hot-water
heater
169Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Maintenance
13
Close bleeding valve.
Repeat this procedure at all bleeding valves.
Check to see if the hot-water heater warms up.
13.6 Replacing bulbs and fluorescent tubes
13.6.1 Ceiling lamp (cover with screws)
Changing bulbs: Undo the screws (Fig. 193,1) and carefully remove the glass cover
(Fig. 193,2).
Remove bulb.
Put in a new bulb.
Fasten the glass cover again.
Bulbs and light fittings can be extremely hot. Therefore, allow lights to
cool down before changing bulbs.
Shut off the power supply on the safety cut-out in the 240 V fuse box
before changing bulbs.
Store bulbs in a safe place inaccessible to children.
Do not use any bulb that has been dropped or which shows scratches in
its glass. The bulb might burst.
Lights can get very hot. When the light is switched on, there must always
be a safety distance of 30 cm between light and flammable objects. Fire
hazard!
A new bulb should not be touched with the fingers. Use a cloth when
installing the new bulb.
Only use bulbs of the same type and with the correct wattage.
If LEDs in lights are defect, contact an authorised dealer or service centre.
Fig. 193 Ceiling lamp
170 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Maintenance
13
13.6.2 Halogen spotlight (movable)
Changing bulbs: Loosen the fixing screws (Fig. 194,1).
Carefully remove the lamp chalice (Fig. 194,2) from the holder.
Remove halogen bulb.
Put in a new halogen bulb.
Reassemble the lamp in the reverse order.
13.6.3 Halogen spotlight (with glass shade)
Changing bulbs: Pull the halogen bulb (Fig. 195,1) forward out of the socket.
Press the new halogen bulb into the fitting between the two spring tongues.
13.6.4 Recessed halogen light (flat)
The recessed halogen light (Fig. 196,1) is installed flush.
Fig. 194 Halogen spotlight (movable)
Fig. 195 Halogen spotlight (with glass
shade)
Fig. 196 Recessed halogen light (flat) Fig. 197 Changing the halogen bulb
171Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Maintenance
13
Changing bulbs: Use a screwdriver to remove the inner cover ring (Fig. 197,1) from the
housing.
Use a screwdriver to remove the cover ring with the glass (Fig. 197,2) from
the lower section of the recessed halogen light.
Remove halogen bulb (Fig. 197,3).
Put in a new halogen bulb.
Reassemble the lamp in the reverse order.
13.6.5 Recessed halogen light with housing
The recessed halogen light is installed flush in a housing (Fig. 198,1).
Changing bulbs:
Use a screwdriver to remove the inner cover ring (Fig. 198,3) from the
housing.
Remove the cover ring with the glass.
Remove halogen bulb (Fig. 198,2).
Put in a new halogen bulb.
Reassemble the lamp in the reverse order.
13.6.6 Surface-mounted halogen light (swivelling)
Changing bulbs: Use a suitable tool (e.g. a screwdriver) to lever out and remove the cover
(Fig. 199,1).
Remove halogen bulb.
Put in a new halogen bulb.
Reassemble the lamp in the reverse order.
Fig. 198 Recessed halogen light
Fig. 199 Surface-mounted halogen light
(swivelling)
172 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Maintenance
13
13.6.7 Indirect lights
Changing bulbs: Remove the fixing screws (Fig. 200,1) on the panel (Fig. 200,2).
Remove halogen bulb.
Put in a new halogen bulb.
Install the panel in the reverse order.
13.6.8 Light column
Changing bulbs: Remove trays (Fig. 201,2).
Compress the lamp glass (Fig. 201,1) lightly and remove.
Remove halogen bulb.
Put in a new halogen bulb.
Reassemble the lamp in the reverse order.
Fig. 200 Indirect lights
Fig. 201 Light column
173Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Maintenance
13
13.7 Changing the battery of the wardrobe light with LED
The wardrobe light has a button cell that supplies voltage to the LED.
Changing the battery:
Carefully push back the retaining clip (Fig. 202,3) on the top side of the
wardrobe light (Fig. 202,5). This exposes the nose (Fig. 202,4) on the
retaining clip.
Pull the battery holder (Fig. 202,2) out at the top.
Take the button cell (Fig. 202,1) out of the battery holder.
Insert new button cell of the same type (+/-), observing the correct polarity.
Insert the battery holder with the retaining clip to the rear of the housing and
push it downwards until the nose snaps into place.
13.8 Spare parts
Use only button cells of the same type.
Fig. 202 Wardrobe light with opened
battery compartment
Every alteration of the original condition of the vehicle can alter road
behaviour and jeopardize road safety.
The special equipment and original spare parts recommended by Deth-
leffs have been specially developed and supplied for your vehicle. These
products are available at the authorised dealers or service centres. The
authorised dealers and service centres are informed about admissible
technical details and carry out the required work correctly.
The use of accessories, parts and fittings not supplied by Dethleffs may
cause damage to the vehicle and jeopardize road safety. Even if an
expert's report, a general type approval or a design certification exists,
there is no guarantee for the proper quality of the product.
No liability can be assumed for damage caused by products which have
not been released by Dethleffs. This also applies to impermissible alter-
ations to the vehicle.
174 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Maintenance
13
For safety reasons, spare parts for pieces of equipment must correspond with
manufacturer's instructions and be permitted by the manufacturer as a spare
part. These spare parts may only be fitted by the manufacturer or an author-
ised specialist workshop. The authorised dealers and service centres are
available for any spare parts requirement.
Here are some suggestions of important spare parts:
Fuses
Bulbs
Water pump (submerged pump)
When ordering spare parts, please indicate the serial number and the vehicle
type to the authorised dealer or service centre.
The vehicle described in this instruction manual is built and equipped to factory
standards. Special equipment is offered depending on its purpose or use.
When fitting special equipment check if such equipment has to be entered in
the vehicle documents. Observe the max. permissible gross weight. The
authorised dealer or service centre will be happy to advise you.
13.9 Vehicle identification plate
Depending on the model, the vehicle identification plate (Fig. 203) with the
vehicle identification number is attached in the gas bottle compartment or in
the front storage area.
Do not remove the vehicle identification plate. The vehicle identification plate:
Identifies the vehicle
Helps with the procurement of spare parts
Together with the vehicle documents identifies the vehicle owner
13.10 Warning and information stickers
There are warning and information stickers on and inside the vehicle. Warning
and information stickers are for the sake of safety and must not be removed.
Fig. 203 Vehicle identification plate
1Type
2 Vehicle identification number
3 Type approval number
4 Permissible axle load axle 2
5 Permissible axle load axle 1
6 Maximum permissible gross weight of
the vehicle
7 Permissible nose weight
Always include the vehicle identification number with all inquiries for the
customer service office.
Replacement stickers can be obtained from an authorised dealer or a
service centre.
175Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Wheels and tyres
14
14Wheels and tyres
Chapter overview
This chapter contains instructions regarding the tyres of the vehicle.
The instructions address the following topics:
tyre selection
handling of tyres
changing wheels
spare wheel support
At the end of the chapter there is a table you can use to find the correct tyre
pressure for your vehicle.
14.1 General
Observe: Check the tyres regularly (every 2 weeks) for equal tread wear, tread depth
and external damage.
Replace tyres at the latest, when the minimum depth of tread stipulated by
law is reached.
Always use tyres of the same model, same brand and same style (summer
and winter tyres).
Only use tyres approved for the wheel rim type fitted. The permitted rim and
tyre sizes are quoted in the vehicle documents and the authorised dealer
or service centre will always be glad to give you advice.
Run-in new tyres for approx. 100 km (60 miles) at low speed since only
then do they reach full strength.
Check tyre pressure before a journey or every 2 weeks. Wrong tyre
pressure causes excessive wear and can lead to damage or even to tyre
burst. You can lose control of the vehicle.
Only check the tyre pressure on cold tyres.
Tubeless tyres have been installed on the vehicle. Never install tubes in
these tyres.
When using alloy wheel rims, snow chains should not be used.
In the case of a puncture, pull over to the side of the road. Make vehicle
and caravan safe with a hazard warning triangle. Switch on the warning
lights.
Tyres on vehicles with tandem axles may wear faster.
Tyres must not be older than 6 years as the material will become brittle
over time. The four-digit DOT number on the tyre flank indicates the date
of manufacture. The first two digits designate the week, the last two digits
the year of manufacture.
Example: Week 15, year of manufacture 2009.
176 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Wheels and tyres
14
Check regularly that the wheel nuts or wheel bolts are firmly seated. Re-
tighten the wheel nuts or wheel bolts of a changed wheel cross-wise
(Fig. 204) after 50 km (30 miles).
See section 14.5.2 for tightening torque.
When using new or newly painted rims, re-tighten the wheel nuts or wheel
bolts once again after approx. 1,000 to 5,000 km (600 miles to
3,000 miles).
For lay-ups or long periods of inactivity, keep the tyres and tyre bearings
free from pressure points:
Jack up the vehicle so that the wheels do not bear any load, or move the
vehicle every 4 weeks in such a way that the position of the wheels is
changed.
14.2 Tyre selection
The tyre sizes approved for the vehicle are given in the vehicle documents or
can be obtained from the authorised dealers or service centres. Each tyre
must fit the vehicle on which it will be driven. This applies to the external
dimensions (diameter, width), which are indicated with the standardised size
designations. In addition, the tyres must meet the requirements of the vehicle
with regard to weight and speed.
Weight refers to the maximum permissible axle load which can be distributed
on two tyres. The maximum load-carrying capacity of a tyre is indicated by its
load index (= LI, load index code).
The maximum permissible speed for a tyre (with full load-carrying capacity) is
indicated by the speed index (= SI). Together, load index and speed index
form the operating code of a tyre. This is an official component of the com-
plete, standardised dimensions description which appears on every tyre. The
information on the tyres must correspond to the specifications which appear in
the vehicle papers.
Fig. 204 Tighten the wheel nuts or
wheel bolts cross-wise
A wrong tyre can damage the tyres during the journey and even cause
it to burst.
If tyres that are not approved for the vehicle are used, then the type
approval for the vehicle and subsequently the insurance coverage can
lapse. The authorised dealer or service centre will be happy to advise you.
177Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Wheels and tyres
14
14.3 Tyre specifications
14.4 Handling of tyres
Drive over kerbs at an obtuse angle. Otherwise the flanks of the tyres may
get pinched. Driving over a kerb at a sharp angle can damage the tyre and
result in it getting ruptured.
Drive over high manhole covers at a slow speed. Otherwise the tyres may
get pinched. Driving over a high manhole cover at high speed can damage
the tyre and result in it getting ruptured.
Check the shock absorbers regularly. Driving with poor shock absorbers
significantly increases wear.
Avoid block brakings. Block braking gives the tyres "brake plates" of var-
ying strength. This reduces driving comfort. It might even make the tyres
unserviceable.
Do not clean the tyres with a high-pressure cleaner. The tyres can suffer
serious damage within just a few seconds and rupture as a result.
14.5 Changing wheels
14.5.1 General instructions
The spare wheel is in the drawbar box. Use a commercial scissor-type jack to
change the wheel.
Description Explanation
215/70 R 15C 109/107 Q
215 Tyre width in mm
70 Height-to-width proportion in percent
R Tyre design (R = radial)
15 Rim diameter in inches
C Commercial (transporter)
109 Load index code for single tyres
107 Load index code for twin tyres
Q Speed index (Q = 160 km/h)
The vehicle must be on level, firm ground, secure from slipping.
Before jacking up the vehicle firmly apply the handbrake.
Prevent the vehicle from rolling away by blocking the opposite wheel
with the wheel chocks.
Under no circumstances jack the vehicle with the fitted supports.
Position the vehicle jack underneath the axle, not under any circum-
stances on the bodywork.
Never overload the vehicle jack. The maximum permissible load is spec-
ified on the vehicle jack's identification plate.
Use the vehicle jack only for lifting the vehicle briefly while changing the
tyre.
178 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Wheels and tyres
14
14.5.2 Tightening torque
14.5.3 Changing the wheel
Whilst the vehicle is in a jacked up position, persons must not lie down
under it.
If alloy wheel rims are mounted and a steel spare wheel is mounted after
a puncture: Do not drive any further than necessary (car dealer, car
workshop, tyre dealer). Only drive at a suitable speed. The different
wheels affect driving handling.
Do not damage the thread of the thread bolts when changing the wheel.
Tighten the wheel nuts or wheel bolts cross-wise (Fig. 204).
When changing wheels (e.g. alloy wheel rims or wheels with winter tyres),
use the correct wheel bolts of the correct length and shape. The firm
seating of the wheels and the function of the braking system depend on
this.
Wheel rims and tyres not permitted for use with the vehicle can jeopardize
road safety.
Protect the vehicle according to the national regulations, e.g. with a hazard
warning triangle.
Before changing the wheel, check the wheel rim and tyre size, the max. tyre
load and the speed index on the tyres. Only use the wheel rim and tyre
sizes stated in the vehicle documents.
Wheel rim Tightening torque
Steel wheel rim 90 Nm (67 ft/lbs)
Alloy wheel rim 110 Nm (81 ft/lbs)
The footplate of the vehicle jack must be levelly positioned on the
ground.
Do not tilt the vehicle jack.
Always insert the insertion profile of the AL-KO vehicle jack (special
equipment) into the retention pouch as far as possible.
A special vehicle jack from AL-KO with holder pockets is available as spe-
cial equipment. These holder pockets are mounted on to the frame.
The AL-KO jack has a bearing capacity of 800 kg.
You should have a useable spare wheel available at all times. For this
reason the wheel you have replaced should be repaired immediately.
Take note of the general instructions in this chapter.
179Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Wheels and tyres
14
Preparing the connected
caravan:
Loosen the stabilising device in caravan couplings with stabilising devices.
Otherwise the friction pads will be highly loaded.
Pull the handbrake of the towing vehicle and go to first gear or reverse
gear.
Preparing the disconnected
caravan:
Park the vehicle on as even and stable a surface as possible.
Apply the handbrake.
Place the support wheel diagonal to the direction of travel and secure with
suitable tools (Fig. 205).
Changing the wheel:
Place chocks or other appropriate objects beneath the opposite wheel of
the vehicle to secure it (Fig. 206).
Remove the spare wheel from the spare wheel support.
If the ground is soft, place a stable support such as a wooden board
beneath the vehicle jack.
Commercial vehicle jack:
Position the commercial scissor-type jack (Fig. 207) or hydraulic vehicle
jack on the frame or on the axle.
AL-KO vehicle jack:
Insert the insertion profile (Fig. 208,2) of the AL-KO vehicle jack into the
retention pouch (Fig. 208,1) as far as possible.
AL-KO vehicle jack:
Hold on to the AL-KO vehicle jack with one hand and with the other turn the
hand crank (Fig. 208,4) in a clockwise direction until the footplate
(Fig. 208,3) is touching the ground and is in a level position.
Turn the wheel bolts several times to loosen them, but do not remove them!
Lift the vehicle until the wheel has been lifted 2 to 3 cm above the ground.
Remove the wheel bolts and take off the wheel.
Place the spare wheel on the wheel hub and adjust.
Fig. 205 Securing support wheel Fig. 206 Securing vehicle
Fig. 207 Commercial vehicle jack Fig. 208 AL-KO vehicle jack
180 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Wheels and tyres
14
Screw in the wheel bolts and slightly tighten them cross-wise.
Crank down the vehicle jack and remove it.
Using the wheelbrace, tighten the wheel bolts evenly. The target value of
the tightening torque of the wheel bolts is 90 Nm for steel wheel rims or
110 Nm for alloy wheel rims.
14.5.4 Changing a wheel at alloy wheel rims
14.6 Spare wheel support
The spare wheel support is fitted as standard in the gas bottle compartment.
The spare wheel is available for a surcharge.
Removing the spare wheel:
Loosen the screw (Fig. 209,1) and remove the centring device (Fig. 209,2).
Remove the spare wheel.
14.7 Tyre pressure
The resting surfaces of the wheels on the break drums must be clean
and free of burrs.
Only use fastening parts provided for to loosen the wheels lightly and
ensure that they rest correctly and move freely, subsequently tighten the
wheel bolts cross-wise with a suitable wrench.
Many axles do not have a centring aid, flange or bolts. It must be
ensured that the wheel bolts are equally centered above the bolt circle
(no jamming).
Fig. 209 Spare wheel support
Tyres overheat if the tyre pressure is too low. This can cause serious
tyre damage.
Check tyre pressure before a journey or every 2 weeks. Wrong tyre
pressure causes excessive wear and can lead to damage or even to tyre
burst. You can lose control of the vehicle.
Use only valves that are approved for the specified tyre pressure.
Only check the tyre pressure on cold tyres.
181Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Wheels and tyres
14
The payload and the durability of tyres is directly dependent on the tyre pres-
sure. Air is a volatile medium. It is unavoidable that it will escape from tyres.
As a rule of thumb it can be assumed that a filled tyre loses pressure at a rate
of 0.1 bar every two months. To prevent the tyres becoming damaged or burst,
check the tyre pressure regularly.
The information on pressure levels is valid for cold tyres and loaded vehi-
cles.
Pressure in hot tyres is higher than in cold tyres. Therefore, check the pres-
sure when the tyres are cold.
Tyre pressures in bar.
Tyres Maximum per-
missible gross
weight mono
axle (kg)
Maximum per-
missible gross
weight tandem
axle (kg)
Tyre pressure
(bar)
155/80 R 13 LI79 Up to 700 3.00
165/80 R 13 LI83 Up to 700 2.50
800 2.75
900 3.00
185 R 14 C LI102 Up to 1100 3.75
1200 3.75
1300 4.00
1400 4.00
1500 4.25
1600 2800 4.50
185/60 R 15 C LI94 Up to 1200 2200 4.00
1300 2500 4.25
1350 4.25
185/70 R 13 LI86 Up to 700 2.50
800 2.70
900 1800 2.70
1000 2000 3.00
185/70 R 14 LI88 Up to 900 1800 2.60
1000 2000 2.80
195 R 14 C LI106 Up to 1100 3.25
1200 3.25
1300 3.50
1400 3.50
1500 3.75
1600 2800 4.00
1700 4.50
1800 3500 4.50
195/65 R 14 LI89 Up to 1100 2200 3.00
182 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Wheels and tyres
14
195/70 R 14 LI91 Up to 1000 2000 2.50
1100 2200 2.70
195/70 R 14 XL LI95 Up to 1100 2000 2.90
1200 2200 3.10
1350 3.40
195/70 R 14 XL LI96 Up to 900 1800 2.70
1000 2000 2.90
1100 2200 2.90
1200 3.10
1300 2500 3.30
1400 2800 3.40
195/70 R 15 C LI104 Up to 1100 3.25
1200 3.25
1300 3.50
1400 3.75
1500 2800 4.00
1600 4.25
1700 4.50
205 R 14 C LI109 Up to 1600 4.00
1700 4.25
1800 3500 4.25
1900 4.50
215/55 R 16 XL LI97 Up to 1100 2.70
1200 2.70
1300 3.00
1400 3.00
215/70 R 15 C LI109 Up to 1100 3.00
1200 3.25
1300 3.50
1400 3.50
1500 4.00
1600 2800 4.25
1700 4.50
1800 3500 4.50
1900 4.50
Tyres Maximum per-
missible gross
weight mono
axle (kg)
Maximum per-
missible gross
weight tandem
axle (kg)
Tyre pressure
(bar)
183Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Wheels and tyres
14
Max. permissible speed = 100 km/h (60 mph).
Please always observe the speed limits in the individual countries (see
chapter 17).
The vehicles are constantly brought up to the newest technical standards. It is
possible that new tyre sizes are not yet included in this table. If this is the case,
the Dethleffs dealer will be happy to provide the newest values.
184 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Wheels and tyres
14
185Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Troubleshooting
15
15Troubleshooting
Chapter overview
This chapter contains instructions about possible faults in your vehicle.
The faults are listed with their possible causes and corresponding remedies.
The instructions address the following topics:
chassis
braking system
electrical system
gas system
gas cooker
gas oven
microwave oven
heater
boiler
hot water source
refrigerator
air conditioning unit
water supply
body
The specified faults can be remedied with relative ease and without a great
deal of specialised knowledge. In the event that the remedies detailed in this
instruction manual should not be successful, an authorised specialist work-
shop must find and eliminate the cause of the fault.
15.1 Chassis
15.2 Braking system
Fault Cause Remedy
Coupling does not lock in
place after being placed
on top
Ball larger than Ø 50 mm Remove dirt
Contact customer service
The coupling interiors are
soiled and no longer
work automatically
Clean well and lubricate
(not stabiliser)
Caravan cannot be de-
tached
Ball worn Position the caravan and
towing vehicle in the
same direction and de-
tach. Immediately re-
place the worn ball
Have defects on the braking system immediately remedied by an author-
ised specialist workshop.
Follow maintenance or manufacturer specifications.
186 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Troubleshooting
15
15.3 Electrical system
When the living area battery is changed, only use batteries of the same
type.
See chapter 9 for changing the fuses.
Fault Cause Remedy
Road light system does
no longer work correctly
Bulb is defective Unscrew cover of the rel-
evant light, replace bulb.
Note volts and watts
specifications
Contacts on the plug
and/or in the socket have
oxidised and/or are con-
taminated
Clean contacts and spray
with contact spray
Short circuit caused by
water in the plug and/or
socket
Open plug and/or sock-
et, dry out, and spray
with contact spray
Cable interruption on the
plug and/or socket
Open plug and/or sock-
et, re-connect cable (see
connection diagram in
chapter 9)
Road light system does
not match the towing ve-
hicle light system
Contact connections
within the plug have been
reversed
Check contact allocation
and wiring on the plug/
connector of the caravan
Interior lighting does no
longer work correctly
Bulb is defective Remove cover, replace
bulb. Note volts and
watts specifications
Power pack switched off Switch on power pack
Fuse on the 240 V auto-
matic circuit breaker is
defective
Replace fuse
Fuse on power pack or at
transformer/rectifier de-
fective (Power Pack SE)
Replace fuse
12 V interior lighting does
not work
240 V automatic circuit
breaker is switched off
Switch on the 240 V au-
tomatic circuit breaker
Power pack switched off Switch on power pack
12 V power supply
switched off (Power Pack
SE)
Switch on 12 V power
supply on the control
panel
Fuse on the power pack
is defective
Replace fuse
Power pack/transformer/
rectifier defective
Contact customer service
240 V interior lighting
does not work
240 V automatic circuit
breaker is switched off
Switch on the 240 V au-
tomatic circuit breaker
No 240 V power supply
despite connection
240 V automatic circuit
breaker has triggered
Switch on the 240 V au-
tomatic circuit breaker
187Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Troubleshooting
15
15.4 Gas system
No voltage from the living
area battery (Power Pack
SE)
Living area battery is dis-
charged
Charge living area bat-
tery immediately
Total discharge
damages the
battery.
If the vehicle is to be laid
up for a long period, fully
charge the living area
battery beforehand
Discharging is caused by
inactive appliances (see
chapter 9)
Extractor hood does not
work
Extractor hood defective Contact customer service
Power pack is defective Contact customer service
Fuse on power pack or at
transformer/rectifier de-
fective (Power Pack SE)
Replace fuse
240 V automatic circuit
breaker has triggered
Switch on the 240 V au-
tomatic circuit breaker
Air conditioning unit can-
not be switched on or off
240 V automatic circuit
breaker has triggered
Switch on the 240 V au-
tomatic circuit breaker
Remote control battery is
empty
Change remote control
battery
In case of a defect of the gas system (gas odour, high gas consumption)
there is danger of explosion! Close regulator tap on the gas bottle imme-
diately. Open doors and windows and ventilate well.
If the gas system is defective: Do not smoke; do not ignite any open
flames, and do not operate electric switches (light switches etc.).
Have the defective gas system repaired by an authorised specialist
workshop.
Fault Cause Remedy
No gas Gas bottle is empty Change gas bottle
Gas isolator tap closed Open the gas isolator tap
Regulator tap on the gas
bottle is closed
Open regulator tap on
the gas bottle
External temperature is
too low (-42 °C for pro-
pane gas, 0 °C for bu-
tane gas)
Wait for higher external
temperatures
Built-in appliance is de-
fective
Contact customer service
Fault Cause Remedy
188 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Troubleshooting
15
15.5 Cooker
15.5.1 Gas cooker/gas oven
15.5.2 Microwave oven
15.6 Heater, boiler and hot water source
In the event of a defect contact the nearest customer service workshop of the
relevant appliance manufacturer. The list of addresses is enclosed with the
accompanying appliance documentation. Only authorised qualified personnel
may repair the appliance.
15.6.1 Trumatic S hot-air heater
15.6.2 Alde heater/boiler
Fault Cause Remedy
Ignition fuse does not op-
erate (flame does not
burn after the control
knobs are released)
Heat-up time is too short Keep control knob
pressed for approx. 15 to
20 seconds after ignition
Ignition fuse is defective Contact customer service
Flame extinguishes when
being reduced to its mini-
mum setting
Thermocouple sensor is
incorrectly set
Correctly reset thermo-
couple sensor (do not
bend). The sensor tip
should protrude by 5 mm
beyond the burner. The
sensor neck should not
be more than 3 mm away
from the burner ring; if
necessary, contact cus-
tomer service
Only qualified personnel may repair the microwave oven. Improper
repairs can cause major risks to the user.
Fault Cause Remedy
Microwave oven does not
cut in
Fuse is defective Replace fuse
Door of the microwave
oven is not properly
closed
Remove foreign bodies
stuck in the door of the
microwave oven and
close door properly
Fault Cause Remedy
For heater with automatic
ignition: Heater does not
ignite
Battery on the automatic
ignition empty
Changing the battery on
the automatic ignition
If a fault occurs in the system, the cause is shown on the display.
189Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Troubleshooting
15
15.6.3 Truma boiler
Fault Cause Remedy
Heating does not ignite
with gas operation
Lack of gas Open regulator tap and
gas isolator tap
Connect a full gas bottle
Heater does not ignite Battery voltage too low Charge battery. If the
battery voltage rises
above 11 V, the heater is
switched on automatical-
ly
Heating does not ignite at
240 V electrical operation
No 240 V power supply Switch on the 240 V au-
tomatic circuit breaker
Connect 240 V power
supply
Heater switches off Overheating Allow the heater to cool.
To reset the display, in-
terrupt the 12 V power
supply to the heater and
switch it back on again
Heating running, but no
heat at the convectors
Circulating pump does
not work
Switch on room thermo-
stat
Contact customer service
Heating and circulating
pump running, but no
heat at the convectors
Air in the heating system Bleed hot-water heater
Fault Cause Remedy
Gas operation
Red indicator lamp
"Fault" illuminates
Air in the gas pipe sys-
tem
Switch off and on again.
After two futile ignition at-
tempts, wait for
10 minutes before trying
again
Lack of gas Open regulator tap and
gas isolator tap
Connect a full gas bottle
Defect of a safety ele-
ment
Contact customer service
Green indicator lamp be-
hind knob is not lit
Fuse of the boiler is de-
fective
Replace fuse
Fuse in the electronic
control unit has been trig-
gered
Contact customer service
Red and green indicator
lamps are not lit
No power supply Establish the power sup-
ply
Fuse of the boiler is de-
fective
Replace fuse
190 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Troubleshooting
15
15.6.4 Truma hot water source
15.7 Refrigerator
In the event of a defect contact the nearest customer service workshop of the
relevant appliance manufacturer. The list of addresses is enclosed with the
accompanying appliance documentation. Only authorised qualified personnel
may repair the appliance.
Electrical operation
Boiler is connected to
power supply but is not
heated
Operating switch is
switched off
Switch on the operating
switch, the indicator lamp
on the switch must light
up
Operating switch defec-
tive
Contact customer service
240 V automatic circuit
breaker is switched off
Switch on the 240 V au-
tomatic circuit breaker
240 V power supply dis-
connected
Connect 240 V power
supply
Overtemperature fuse
has triggered
Switch off boiler and
switch on after approx.
5minutes
Heating coil of the boiler
is defective
Contact customer service
Fault Cause Remedy
The hot water source is
connected to power sup-
ply but does not heat
Operating switch is
switched off
Switch on operating
switch; the red indicator
lamp must be lit
Operating switch defec-
tive
Contact customer service
240 V automatic circuit
breaker is switched off
Switch on the 240 V au-
tomatic circuit breaker
240 V power supply dis-
connected
Connect 240 V power
supply
Fuse is defective Replace fuse
Heating coil in the hot
water source is defective
Contact customer service
Fault Cause Remedy
191Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Troubleshooting
15
15.8 Dometic air conditioning unit
Fault Cause Remedy
Refrigerator does not
switch on when operating
in 240 V mode
No 240 V power supply Connect 240 V power
supply
240 V automatic circuit
breaker has triggered
Switch on the 240 V au-
tomatic circuit breaker
Refrigerator does not
switch on when operating
in 12 V mode
Contacts on the plug
and/or in the socket have
oxidised and/or are con-
taminated
Clean contacts and spray
with contact spray
Short circuit caused by
water in the plug and/or
socket
Open plug and/or sock-
et, dry out, and spray
with contact spray
Cable interruption on the
plug and/or socket
Open plug and/or sock-
et, re-connect cable
Fuse on power pack or at
transformer/rectifier de-
fective (Power Pack SE)
Replace fuse
Disconnector relay at
transformer/rectifier
(Power Pack SE) defec-
tive
Contact customer service
Refrigerator does not
switch on when operating
in gas mode
The "GAS" operating in-
dicator flashes in yellow
(Dometic 7 series)
Lack of gas Open regulator tap and
gas isolator tap
Connect a full gas bottle
Air in the gas pipe Repeat ignition 3 or
4times
Cobwebs or burnt resi-
due in the burning cham-
ber
Remove the ventilation
grill on the outside of the
vehicle and clean the
burning chamber
Fault Cause Remedy
Air conditioning unit does
not start up
No 240 V power supply Connect the vehicle to
the local power supply
240 V automatic circuit
breaker has triggered
Switch on the 240 V au-
tomatic circuit breaker
Remote control batteries
empty
Change remote control
batteries
Air conditioning unit does
not cool
Temperature below
16 °C
–
Temperature has been
set incorrectly
Adjust the temperature
Thermostat defective Contact customer service
Air conditioning unit does
not warm up
Temperature above
30 °C
–
Temperature has been
set incorrectly
Adjust the temperature
Thermostat defective Contact customer service
192 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Troubleshooting
15
15.9 Water supply
Water is entering the ve-
hicle
Drainage holes for con-
densation are clogged
Clean air conditioning
unit
Seal is defective Contact customer service
No more air circulation Air filter clogged Clean air filter
Fan wheel defective Contact customer service
Fault Cause Remedy
Leakage water inside the
vehicle
A leak has occurred Identify leak, re-connect
water pipes
No water Water tank is empty Replenish drinking water
Water drain cock open Close water drain cock
Fuse of the water pump
is defective
Replace fuse
Water pump defective Exchange water pump
(have it exchanged)
Water pipe snapped off Straighten water pipe or
replace
Power pack is defective Contact customer service
Toilet has no flush water Water tank is empty Replenish drinking water
Fuse for toilet is defective Replace fuse
Water drains from the
shower tray slowly or
does not drain at all
The vehicle is not in a
horizontal position
Position the vehicle hori-
zontally
Drain on the single lever
mixer tap is clogged
Perlator calcified Unclip the perlator, de-
calcify in vinegar water
(only for products made
from metal)
Water jets on the shower
nozzle clogged
Water jets calcified De-calcify shower nozzle
in vinegar water (only for
products made from met-
al) or rub off soft nozzle
burling
Milkiness of the water Tank filled with dirty wa-
ter
Clean water tank me-
chanically and chemical-
ly; then disinfect and
rinse copiously with
drinking water
Residues in the water
tank or water system
Clean water system me-
chanically and chemical-
ly; then disinfect and
rinse copiously with
drinking water
Fault Cause Remedy
193Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Troubleshooting
15
15.10 Vacuum toilet (Dometic)
Any change in the taste
or odour of the water
Tank filled with dirty wa-
ter
Clean water system me-
chanically and chemical-
ly; then disinfect and
rinse copiously with
drinking water
Fuel filled into the water
tank by mistake
Clean water system me-
chanically and chemical-
ly; then disinfect and
rinse copiously with
drinking water. If not suc-
cessful: Contact a spe-
cialist workshop
Microbiological deposits
in the water system
Clean water system me-
chanically and chemical-
ly; then disinfect and
rinse copiously with
drinking water
Deposits in the water
tank and/or water-carry-
ing components
Water excessively long in
the water tank and in wa-
ter-carrying components
Clean water system me-
chanically and chemical-
ly; then disinfect and
rinse copiously with
drinking water
Fault Cause Remedy
Water does not remain in
toilet bowl
Seal dirty or defective Clean seal or have re-
placed
Water does not flow
properly into the toilet
bowl
Water pressure too low Contact customer service
Water is entering the ve-
hicle
Hose connection loos-
ened
Check connections for
proper seat and tighten
hose clamps
Vacuum pump does not
run
No power present Control power supply (or
have checked)
Vacuum pump runs too
often
Cap or connection not
sealed tightly
Check connections be-
tween toilet and vacuum
(or have checked)
Toilet clogged Improper used Remove blockage
Fault Cause Remedy
194 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Troubleshooting
15
15.11 Body
Fault Cause Remedy
Flap hinges/door hinges
are difficult to operate
Flap/door hinges are not
sufficiently lubricated
Lubricate flap hinges/
door hinges with acid-
free and resin-free
grease
Hinges/joints in the bath-
room unit/toilet compart-
ment are difficult to
operate/make a grating
noise
Hinges/joints are not suf-
ficiently lubricated
Lubricate hinges/joints
with solvent-free and
acid-free grease
Spray cans
often contain
solvents
Storage compartment
hinges are difficult to op-
erate/make a grating
noise
Storage compartment
hinges are not sufficiently
lubricated
Lubricate storage com-
partment hinges with
acid-free and resin-free
grease
The authorised dealers and service centres are available for any spare
parts requirement.
195Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Special equipment
16
16Special equipment
16.1 Weight details for special equipment
Weight details for Dethleffs special equipment are listed in the table below. If
these objects are either carried in or on the vehicle and are not part of the
standard equipment, they must be taken into consideration when calculating
the payload.
All weight details are approximate.
Observe the max. permissible gross weight.
The use of accessories, parts and fittings not supplied by Dethleffs may
cause damage to the vehicle and jeopardize road safety. Even if an
expert's report, a general type approval or a design certification exists,
there is no guarantee for the proper quality of the product.
Every alteration of the original condition of the vehicle can alter road
behaviour and jeopardize road safety.
No liability can be assumed for damage caused by products which have
not been released by Dethleffs. This also applies to impermissible alter-
ations to the vehicle.
Item designation Surplus weight (kg)
Waste water pipes, heated 2
Waste water tank, mobile 3
Airmix 1
AL-KO Trailer Control System 3
Load 22-35
External connection, audio 1
External shower 2
External flap 2
Power Pack SE (depending on equipment) 35-85
Car radio and CD 2
Oven 12
Bed widening 5
Direct water supply 2
Roof rail 5
Drawbar covering 8
"Kissenschlacht" (pillow fight) decoration package 1
Extractor hood 3
Duo switching facility, gas 2
Conversion door, single-section 6
Single bed, foldable, side 19
12 V electrical 5
Spare wheel 16-30
Spare wheel support under the body 6
Bunk bed 10
Window, front 5
196 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Special equipment
16
Fire extinguisher 6 kg 8
Flat screen 6
Floor warming unit, electrical 9
External gas socket 1
Smooth plate 1 kg/m²
Holder for flat screen 6
Trumatic 5002 heater 7
Heater cover (fireplace) 2
Heki skylight (Heki 2) 13
Insect screen door 3
Cold foam mattresses 7-15
Air conditioning unit (Dometic) 40
Refrigerator with freezer compartment 30
Slatted frame, head section erectable 1
Microwave oven 15
Repair kit 1
Radio preparation 4-10
Satellite unit with hinged mast (BAS 60) 8
Satellite unit 15-24
Satellite antenna mast 2
Stabilising supports 3
Chain-stitch rug 5-10
Hot water supply with boiler 20-25
Hot water supply with hot water source 15
Water tank 3
Winter comfort package (depending on equipment) 40-70
Ultraheat additional heater 2
Additional pump for the Alde heater 1
Item designation Surplus weight (kg)
197Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Helpful notes
17
17Helpful notes
Chapter overview
This chapter contains helpful tips for the journey.
The instructions address the following topics:
road assistance in European countries
traffic rules in European countries
gas supply in European countries
toll regulations in European countries
safe ways to spend the night during travel
camping in winter
At the end of the chapter there is a checklist containing the most important
equipment for the journey.
17.1 Traffic rules in foreign countries
Information about traffic regulations is especially important as state law
applies in case of damage. For your own safety, always observe the following
rules when travelling abroad:
Take the green insurance card with you.
Always register accidents with the police.
Never sign documents that you have not read and understood completely.
17.2 Help on Europe's roads
The vehicle driver is required to inform himself as to the traffic rules of the
countries in which he plans to travel before beginning the trip. Contact your
automobile club or embassy for further information.
In some European countries, warning vests must be worn when exiting the
vehicle outside of towns in the case of vehicle failures or accidents.
Country Emergen-
cy services
Police
Breakdown service
Belgium 112
112
TCB Brussels 0 70 34 47 77
Bulgaria 150
166
UAB (02) 9 80 33 08/146
1)
Denmark 112
free of charge
112
free of charge
Falck 79 42 42 42
Germany 112
110
ADAC 22 22 22
1)
Estonia 112
110/112
1)
EESTI (0) 6 97 91 88/18 88
1)
Finland 112
112
Helsinki (09) 77 47 64 00
France
15/112
1)
17/112
1)
Lyon (08) 25 80 08 22
AIT-Assistance 0800 08 92 22
198 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Helpful notes
17
Greece 112
171/112
1)
ELPA 104 00
Great Britain 112
112
AA (08 00) 0 28 90 18/
(08 00) 82 82 82
1)
Ireland
999/112
1)
999/112
1)
AA Dublin 18 00 66 77 88
Iceland 112
112
F.I.B 5 11 21 12
Italy
118/112
1)
112
ACI 803 116/8 00 11 68 00
1)
Croatia
94/112
1)
92/112
1)
HAK 9 87/ 0 19 87
1)
Latvia
03/112
1)
02/112
1)
LAMB 8 00 00 00
Lithuania
03/112
1)
02/112
1)
LAS 8 80 00 00 00/18 88
1)
Luxembourg 112
113/112
1)
ACL 2 60 00
Macedonia 194
192
AMSM 196
Montenegro 94
92
AMSCG 9807
Netherlands 112
112
ANWB 08 82 69 28 88
Norway 113
112
NAF 81 00 05 05
Austria
144/112
1)
133/112
1)
ÖAMTC 120
Poland
999/112
1)
997/112
1)
PZM 022 5 32 84 33
Portugal 112
112
ACP Lissab. (21) 9 42 91 03
ACP Porto (22) 8 34 00 01
Romania
961/112
1)
955/112
1)
ACR (021) 2 22 22 22/
(021) 2 22 15 53
1)
Russia 03
02
RAS (4 95) 7 47 66 66
Sweden 112
112
M 0 20 91 29 12
Country Emergen-
cy services
Police
Breakdown service
199Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Helpful notes
17
Date 03/2007
Specifications without guarantee
17.3 Speed limits
For information, the speed limits of the countries visited most (all specifications
in km/h):
Switzerland 144
117/112
1)
TCS 1 40/03 18 50 53 11
1)
Serbia 94
92
AMSS (011) 19800
Slovakia
155/112
1)
158/112
1)
SATC 1 81 24
Slovenia 112
113
AMZS (1) 9 87/
(003861) 5 30 53 53
1)
Spain 061
112
RACE 9 15 93 33 33
Czech Republic
155/112
1)
158/112
1)
UAMK CR 12 30
Turkey 112
155/112
1)
TTOK (02 12) 2 82 81 40
Ukraine 03
02
112 UA (8-032) 2 97 81 12
Hungary
104/112
1)
107/112
1)
MAK
1 88/(0036-1) 13 45 17 44
1)
Cyprus 112
112
AA 02 22 31 31 31
1)
In the mobile communication network
Country Emergen-
cy services
Police
Breakdown service
Please always observe the speed limits in the individual countries.
The caravan constructions were designed for a maximum permissible
speed of 100 km/h (60 mph). Therefore never drive faster than
100 km/h (60 mph).
Country In built-up
areas
Outside built-up
areas
Motorway
Belgium 50
90/120
1) 2)
120
2)
Bulgaria 50 70 100
Denmark 50 70 80
Germany 50 80
80/100
3) 4)
Estonia 50 70 70
200 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Helpful notes
17
Finland 50 80 80
France 50
90
5)
/110
1) 2) 6)
130
7) 2)
Greece 50 80 80
Great Britain 48
80/96
1)
96
3)
Ireland 50
80/100
1)
120
2)
Iceland 50 80 –
Italy 50 70 80
Croatia 50 80 80
Latvia 50 80 80
Lithuania 50 70 70
Luxembourg 50 75 90
Macedonia 50/60 80 80
Montenegro 50 80 80
Netherlands 50 80 80
Norway 50
60
8)
/80 60
8)
/80
Austria 50
100
9)
100
9)
Poland 50
70/80
1)
80
Portugal 50
70/80
10)
100
Romania 50
70/80
1)
90
Russia 60 70
90
11)
Sweden 50
80
12)
80
12)
Switzerland 50 80 80
Serbia 60 80 80
Slovakia 60 80 80
Slovenia 50 80 80
Spain 50
70/80
1)
80
Czech Republic 50 80 80
Turkey 50 70 80
Ukraine 60
80
11)
80
11)
Hungary 50 70 80
Cyprus 50 80 100
1)
On expressways, on roads with more than one lane in each direction and on roads
resembling highways
2)
In the event of accidents involving speeds in excess of 100 km/h insurance pay-
ments may be reduced as caravans are only type approved for speeds up to
100 km/h
3)
Towing vehicle/trailer combinations must not use the far left-hand lane (far right-
hand lane in GB) on three-lane motorways
Country In built-up
areas
Outside built-up
areas
Motorway
201Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Helpful notes
17
Date 06/2008
Source: ADAC
Specifications without guarantee
17.4 Driving with low beam in European countries
17.5 Sleeping in the vehicle away from camping areas
4)
Only with the approval of the road traffic authority for the relevant towing vehicle/
trailer combination.
5)
In wet conditions 80 km/h
6)
In wet conditions 100 km/h
7)
In wet conditions 110 km/h
8)
Trailers with no brakes and a current gross weight exceeding 300 kg
9)
With trailer of over 750 kg (max. perm. gross weight of 3.5 t), the following applies:
On highways 80 km/h, on motorways 100 km/h. For towing vehicles over 3.5 t
perm. gross weight, 70 km/h out of town, 80 km/h on motorways
10)
According to the traffic signs
11)
Drivers who have had their driver's licence for less than two years must not drive
faster than 70 km/h
12)
Trailer with no brakes whose maximum permissible gross weight is two times the
unladen weight of the towing vehicle: 40 km/h
In many European countries, it is compulsory to drive with the vehicle's
lights on even during the day. Regulations vary between countries.
Motoring organisations or consulates can provide you with the relevant
information.
Country Sleeping on
roads and
fields
Sleeping on
privately
owned
lands
Comments
Yes No Yes No
Belgium X X On highway rest areas
max. 24 hours permitted
Bulgaria X X
Denmark X X On streets and squares only up
to 11 hours with a parking disc
Germany X X Staying overnight for one night
to restore driving ability is per-
mitted. There may be regional
and local limitations
Finland X X Possible with the permission of
the land owner
France X X Permission from the local au-
thorities or the owner of the land
is required. Parking and staying
overnight on free areas is pro-
hibited
Greece X X Staying overnight for one night
at designated areas on the na-
tional route Patras-Athens-
Thessaloniki is permitted
202 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Helpful notes
17
Great Britain X X
Ireland X X
Italy X X Staying overnight for one night
at car parks and service stations
is allowed. Observe the local
regulations. Parking and staying
overnight on free areas is pro-
hibited
Croatia X X
Luxembourg X X
Macedonia X X
Netherlands X X Overnight stays on streets and
squares is allowed in some bor-
oughs
Norway X X Officially prohibited on rest are-
as and cultivated grounds. Trav-
elling on dirt roads is prohibited
Austria X X Staying overnight for one night
to restore driving ability is per-
mitted, but not in nature re-
serves. Observe regional and
local restrictions. Generally for-
bidden in Tyrol
Poland X X Requires property owner's per-
mission
Portugal X X Staying overnight for one night
on motorway service stations
and car parks under 10 hours
are tolerated
Romania X X
Russia X X
Sweden X X Not on agriculture areas or in
the vicinity of houses. Driving on
open fields is prohibited
Switzerland X X One overnight stay at highway
rest areas and in some cantons
is tolerated
Serbia and
Montenegro
X X
Slovakia X X Overnight stays on private land
are only allowed if a toilet is
present
Slovenia X X
Spain X X Some regional prohibitions ap-
ply, especially on beaches
Country Sleeping on
roads and
fields
Sleeping on
privately
owned
lands
Comments
Yes No Yes No
203Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Helpful notes
17
Specifications without guarantee
17.6 Gas supply in European countries
General tips Always observe the following instructions:
Only go on vacation with completely filled gas bottles.
Use all of the gas bottles' capacity.
Take along adapter sets (available in camping supply stores) for filling gas
bottles in foreign countries and for connecting the gas pressure regulator
to foreign gas bottles.
During the cold time of the year observe filling with propane gas component
(butane does not gas below 0 °C).
Use blue bottles from the firm Campingaz (distributed world-wide). Only
use gas bottles with safety valves.
When bottles from other countries are used, check the gas bottle compart-
ments to see if the gas bottles fit into them. Gas bottles from other countries
do not always display the same size as your own gas bottles.
17.7 Toll regulations in European countries
Many European countries have introduced a mandatory toll system. The toll
regulations and how they are collected vary greatly from country to country.
Nevertheless, ignorance is no excuse. Penalties can be quite severe.
As is the case with traffic regulations, the vehicle driver is required to be
familiar with the toll formalities before starting out on a trip.
Contact your automobile club or the Internet for further information.
17.8 Tips on staying overnight safely during travel
Prudent behaviour is the most important protective measure for insuring a safe
night in the caravan.
The risk of thievery is reduced to a minimum when the following basic rules
are observed:
Czech Repub-
lic
X X Overnight stays on private land
are only allowed if a toilet is
present
Turkey X X
Ukraine X X
Hungary X X Staying overnight on privately
owned land is permitted only
with police certification
Country Sleeping on
roads and
fields
Sleeping on
privately
owned
lands
Comments
Yes No Yes No
In Europe, there are several different connection systems for gas bottles. It
is not always possible to fill or exchange your gas bottles in a foreign
country. Get information about the connection system in the country you
are travelling to before embarking on your journey, e.g. at a motoring club
or in the trade press.
204 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Helpful notes
17
Before commencing the journey, close and lock all windows, doors and
skylights.
During high season do not spend the night at highway rest stops or parking
areas located along typical vacation routes.
Several vehicles on one site at the same time do not necessarily decrease
the chances of thievery occurring. Consult your own feelings about the
parking site.
Even if it is just for one night, go to a camping site.
Only take with you those valuables which are absolutely necessary for the
journey. If possible, store valuables in a small safe and not in the immediate
vicinity of windows or doors.
Always lock up the vehicle.
17.9 Tips for winter campers
The following tips will help make your winter camping experience as agreeable
as possible.
Reserve your parking place in good time. Good winter camping sites are
often booked up early.
Do not start your trip without winter tyres.
Choose your parking place with care. Observe the ground beneath you.
Snow and ice may melt.
Place boards of a sufficient size under the jockey wheel and the corner
steadies to prevent then from sinking when the snow thaws.
When the vehicle has been positioned, release the handbrake to prevent
freezing.
Protect the handbrake lever and the accumulator against frost with protec-
tive covers.
No snow walls should be allowed to cover the built-in forced ventilation.
Protect the gas bottle compartment against freezing with a protective
cover.
Do not leave waste water in the tank but drain it into a bucket.
Keep the built-in forced ventilation free from snow and ice.
Make sure the air circulation is good. Good air circulation prevents mois-
ture from collecting and makes it easier to heat the living area.
Follow the instructions in the section "Gas supply in European countries".
Use a two-bottle system with automatic controller for the gas system, so
that the supply does not run out during the night.
Only operate the gas system using propane gas.
Do not use the space behind the heater as a storage compartment.
Never operate catalytic ovens or infra-red gas radiators in the interior of the
vehicle, since they consume oxygen for burning.
Lay the 240 V power cable in such a way that the cable cannot be frozen
or be damaged (e.g. during snow removal).
Use a winter awning.
When it is snowing heavily, clear the roof of the vehicle of snow regularly.
A few centimetres of powdery snow serves as insulation, but wet snow
quickly becomes a heavy burden.
Before embarking on the return journey, remove all the snow from the roof
to avoid impeding vehicles behind you with a "snow flag".
17.10 Travel checklists
The following checklists will help that nothing important is left at home
although not everything on the checklists might be necessary.
205Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Helpful notes
17
Do not leave checking of documents (e.g. vehicle papers and information)
as well as checking the condition of the vehicle until just before com-
mencing the trip. Planning and checking documents well in advance will
save unnecessary trouble.
Object Object Object
Kitchen area
Wiping cloth Cleansing agent
(detergent)
Salad servers
Mug Dishcloths Chopping board
Turnspit Set of knifes and
forks for grilling
Bowls
Can opener Coffeepot Brush to wash the
dishes
Egg-cup Corkscrew Cloth to wash the
dishes
Ice cube tray Kitchen paper Matches
Lighter Spoons Cups
Bottle opener Knifes Plates
Air-tight storage
boxes
Garbage bags Thermos jug
Breakfast plate Frying pans Pots
Forks Stirring spoons Glasses
Bathroom/sanitary
items
Towels Toilet brush Toothbrush glass
Sanitary items Toilet paper
Living area
Dustbin Insect lamp Rain clothes
Road atlas Insect repellent First aid kit
Bath towels Deck of cards Travel guides/park-
ing guide
Bath shoes Broom Rucksack
Batteries Candles Sleeping bags
Bed sheets Dust pan Pencils and paper
Bed linen Coat-hangers Shoes
Laundry bag Clothes brush Shoe polish
Books Pillow Vacuum cleaner
Camping guide Map Flash light
Spare bulbs Medicine Pocket knife
Water bottle Music cassettes Table cloth
Binoculars Neck-supporting
pillow
Clothes pins
Fire extinguisher Sewing kit Clothesline
Gas bottle Radio
206 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Helpful notes
17
Vehicle/tools
Waste water con-
tainer
Fabric tape Screwdriver
Adapter socket Watering can for
drinking water
Current-measuring
instrument
CEE adapter Cable reel Step
Wire V-belt Wheel chocks
Spare wheel Glue First-aid kit
Spare lamps Universal pliers Vehicle jack
Spare fuses Compressor Hazard warning tri-
angle
Replacement wa-
ter pump
Luster terminals Warning sign
Hammer Loops Warning vest
Flat wrench Tube adapter Flashing hazard
warning light
Gas filling adapter Hose clips
Gas tube Snow chains (win-
ter)
Outside
Stay rope Camping table Lock
Bellows Luggage racks String
Camping chairs Grill Tent pegs/tighten-
ing ropes
Documents
List of addresses Registration book Identity card
Registration confir-
mation(s)
Driving licence Passport
Allergy certificate Green insurance
card
Writ of protection
Instruction manuals Vaccination certifi-
cate
Vignette/toll card
Instruction leaflets
for medicines
Credit card Visa
Object Object Object
207Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Index
12 V fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
At the vehicle (Power Pack SE)
. . . . . . . . 102
For Thetford toilet
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
On the power pack
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
On the transformer/rectifier EBL 109
. . . . 103
12 V indicator lamp
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
12 V main switch
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
12 V power supply
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Switching off
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Switching on
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
240 V automatic circuit breaker
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
240 V connection
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43, 100, 101
Power cable
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Troubleshooting
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
240 V power supply
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
A
Accessories, fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Adapter cable
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Additional equipment
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Add-on parts see special equipment
. . . . . . . . . 20
Air conditioning unit (Dometic)
Air current, adjusting
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Care
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
LED
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Maintenance
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Operating modes
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Switching off
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Switching on
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Troubleshooting
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Air conditioning unit, troubleshooting
. . . . . . . 187
Air outlet nozzles, adjustment
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Airmix
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Alloy wheel rims
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Appliances
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Manuals
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Automatic power selection (AES)
. . . . . . . . . . 137
Axle load
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
B
Basic equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Battery selector switch
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Battery, wardrobe light, changing
. . . . . . . . . . 173
Bed expansion for playing area
. . . . . . . . . . 79, 80
Beds
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Before the journey
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Bench seating group and side seating
group, sleeping conversion
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Blind, cleaning
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Blind, conversion door
Closing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Opening
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Blind, skylight with snap latch
Closing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Opening
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Blind, window
Closing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Opening
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Boiler
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Boiler (Alde)
Emptying
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Switching off
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Switching on
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Troubleshooting
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Water, filling with
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Boiler (Reich)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Emptying
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Frost protection, switching on
. . . . . . . . . . 125
Switching off
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Switching on
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Water, filling with
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Boiler (Truma)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
240 V electrical operation
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Combined operation
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Emptying
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Gas operation
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Operating modes
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Troubleshooting
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Water, filling with
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Brakes
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Check
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39, 185
Maintenance
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Braking system, troubleshooting
. . . . . . . . . . . 185
Breakaway brake cable
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Breakdown services in Europe
. . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Bulbs, changing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Ceiling lamp
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Halogen spotlight
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Indirect lights
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Recessed halogen light
. . . . . . . . . . . 170, 171
Spotlight
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Surface-mounted halogen light
. . . . . . . . . 171
Bunk bed
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Butane gas
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 84
Index
208 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
C
Cable reel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Camping gas bottles, use
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23, 84
Camping in winter
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Cap for the drinking water filler neck
. . . . . . . . . 51
Capacity of the battery
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Caravan
Correct loading
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Pitching
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Caravan coupling
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
WS 3000 D
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
WS 3000 D, maintenance work
. . . . . . . . . 166
Caravan load
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28, 32
Care
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Blind
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Carpet
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Curtains
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
External care
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Extractor hood
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Furniture surfaces
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Gas cooker
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
High-pressure cleaner, washing with
. . . . . 153
Hot-water heater
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
In the winter
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Insect screen
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Interior care
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Lamps
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Net curtains
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
PVC-floor covering
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Roman shade
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Sink
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Synthetic parts, interior
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Teflon coverings
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Temporary lay-up
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Toilets
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Underbody
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Upholstery
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Washing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Waste water tank
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Water system
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Windows
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Winter lay-up
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Carpet, cleaning
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Ceiling lamp
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Central seating group, extending
. . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Changing wheels
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Tightening torque
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178, 180
With alloy wheel rims
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Chassis, troubleshooting
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Checklist
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37, 160
Before the journey
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
For the journey
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .204
Initial start-up after temporary lay-up
. . . . .163
Road safety
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
Temporary lay-up
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160
Winter lay-up
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162
Children's beds
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70, 73
Circulating pump
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115
Circulating pump, setting the
rotational speed
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115
Circulation fan
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111
Cleaning
Water pipes
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157
Water tank
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156
Cleaning see care
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153
Closed circuit current
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91
Condensation
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
On the double acrylic glass pane
. . . . . . . . .53
On the screwed connections
in the floor
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
Condensation water see condensation
. . . . . . . .53
Connecting
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
Connecting cable see power cable
. . . . . . . . . .101
Connection to the towing vehicle
. . . . . . . . . . .104
Connection diagram
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104
Connector plug
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104
Conversion door
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45
Insect screen
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47
Splitting
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47
Conversion door, inside
Locking
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46
Opening
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46
Conversion door, outside
Locking
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45, 46
Opening
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45, 46
Cooker
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127
Troubleshooting
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188
Corner steadies
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
Cranking down
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
Cranking up
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
Curtains, cleaning
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156
D
Danger of suffocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20, 52
Detaching
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
209Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Index
Displays
Charging condition of the living
area battery
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Water tank level
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99, 100
Disposal
Household waste
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Sewage
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Waste water
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Door lock
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45, 46
Doors
Conversion door
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Lock
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45, 46
Troubleshooting
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Drinking water
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Drive-on ramp
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Driving in reverse
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Driving with the caravan
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Duomatic switching facility
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
During the journey
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
E
Electrical system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
240 V connection, troubleshooting
. . . . . . 186
Explanation of terms
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Lighting, troubleshooting
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Safety instructions
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Troubleshooting
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Entrance step
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Environmental tips
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
External care
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
External connection
see 240 V connection
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
External flaps
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Flap lock
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48, 49, 50
External gas connection
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
External mirrors
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
External water supply
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Extractor hood
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Care
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Filter, cleaning
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Troubleshooting
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
F
Fault current protection switch . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Fire
Behaviour in the event of
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Extinguishing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Fire prevention
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Fire risks, avoidance
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Fixed bed
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Closing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Opening
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Flap lock
Closing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49, 50, 51
Elliptical-shaped
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Flap for toilet cassette
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Opening
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49, 50, 51
Rear flap
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48, 49
Rectangular
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Flap lock rear flap
Locking
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Opening
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48, 49
Flat screen
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Flat screen, positioning
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67, 68
Floor warming unit
Switching off
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Switching on
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Floor warming unit, electrical
Overload protection
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Switching off
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Switching on
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Fluorescent tubes, changing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Folding bed
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Folding together
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Unfolding
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Folding table
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Putting up
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Removal
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Table surface, extending
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Forced ventilation
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20, 52
Freezer compartment door locking
mechanism
Closing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Locking in the ventilation position
. . . . . . . 142
Opening
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Furniture flaps, troubleshooting
. . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Furniture surfaces, cleaning
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Fuses
12 V fuses
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
240 V fuse
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
At the vehicle (Power Pack SE)
. . . . . . . . . 102
For the Thetford toilet
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
On the power pack
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Thermal cut-out in the power pack
. . . . . . . . 95
Transformer/rectifier EBL 109
. . . . . . . . . . 103
Fuses see 12 V fuses and 240 V fuse
. . . . . . . 102
Index
210 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
G
Gas bottle compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . .22, 23, 84
Gas bottles
Changing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Safety instructions
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23, 84
Gas connection, external
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Gas consumption
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Gas cooker
Cleaning
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Switching off
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128, 130
Switching on
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128, 130
Troubleshooting
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Gas grill
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Switching off
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Switching on
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Gas isolator taps
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Symbols
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86, 107
Gas odour
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 83, 187
Gas oven
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128, 129
Switching off
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129, 131
Switching on
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Troubleshooting
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Gas supply in European countries
. . . . . . . . . . 203
Gas system
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Defect
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22, 83, 187
General instructions
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Safety instructions
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 83
Switching automatics
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Troubleshooting
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Gas tube, check
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 84
General instructions
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Guarantee
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Guarantee certificate
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Guarantee conditions
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
H
Halogen spotlight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Hand crank, corner steadies
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Handbrake
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Applying
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20, 41
Releasing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Handling of tyres
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Heat exchangers, heater, replacement
. . . . . . 107
Heater
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Air outlet nozzles, adjustment
. . . . . . . . . . 108
Battery on the automatic ignition,
changing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Circulation fan
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Heat exchangers, replacement
. . . . . . . . . 107
Hot air distribution
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108
Initial start-up
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108
Switching off
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109
Switching on
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109
Troubleshooting
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188
Heater automatic ignition,
changing the battery
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110
Heating
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
Heating mode
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
Heki skylight
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60, 61
Closing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60, 61
Insect screen
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61, 62
Opening
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60, 61
Roman shade
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
Ventilation position
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 61, 62
Help on Europe's roads
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .197
High rate of gas consumption
. . . . . . . 22, 83, 187
High-pressure cleaner, washing with
. . . . . . . .153
Hinged skylight
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59
Closing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59
Insect screen
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59
Locking in ventilation position
. . . . . . . . . . . .59
Opening
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59
Roman shade
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59
Hinged window
Blind
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56
Closing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53, 54
Continuous ventilation
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .53, 55
Insect screen
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56
Opening
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53, 54
Hot air distribution
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108
Hot galvanized chassis
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154
Hot water source
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125
Emptying
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127
Switching off
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126
Switching on
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126
Troubleshooting
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190
Water, filling with
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126
Hot-air heater
Battery on the automatic ignition,
changing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110
Circulation fan
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111
Switching off
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109
Switching on
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109
Troubleshooting
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188
Hot-water heater
240 V electrical operation, selecting
. . . . . .114
Adjustment menu
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114
Care
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167
211Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Index
Fluid level, checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Gas and 240 V electrical operation,
selecting
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Gas operation, selecting
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Heater, switching off
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Heater, switching on
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Heating fluid, topping up
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Heating system, bleeding
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Maintenance work
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Operating unit
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Rotational speed, circulating pump
. . . . . . 115
Safety instructions
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Start screen
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Tool menus
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Troubleshooting
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
I
Indicator lamp, 12 V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Indicator lamp, toilet
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149, 150
Indirect lights
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Information stickers
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Initial start-up
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
After temporary lay-up
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
After winter lay-up
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Inner door, troubleshooting
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Insect screen, cleaning
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Insect screen, conversion door
Closing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Opening
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Insect screen, Heki skylight
Closing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61, 62
Opening
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61, 62
Insect screen, hinged skylight
Closing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Opening
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Insect screen, windows
Closing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Opening
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Insect screen, wind-up skylight
Closing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Opening
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Inspection records
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Inspection work
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Inspections
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Inspection plan
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Records
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Installation diagram
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Thirteen pin socket
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104, 105
Installation diagram of towing vehicle
. . . . . . . 105
Interior care
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Interior lighting
Bulbs, changing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Troubleshooting
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
L
Ladder, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Lamps
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68, 169
Cleaning
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Operating
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Lay-up
Temporary
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Winter lay-up
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Leakage water inside the vehicle
. . . . . . . . . . . 192
Lift-off table
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Conversion to bed foundation
. . . . . . . . . . . 67
Light metal wheel rims
see alloy wheel rims
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Lighting
Lamps, cleaning
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Troubleshooting
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Lights see bulbs, changing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Living area battery
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Charging
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Charging condition, displaying
. . . . . . . . . . . 99
Check
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Discharging
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Energy reserves
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Instructions
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Load
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Roof rack
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Load rack for roof loads
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Load see also payload
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Loading
Via drive-on ramp
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Lock
Conversion door
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45, 46
External flap
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48, 49, 50
Rear flap
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48, 49
Low beam
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
M
Maintenance work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Air conditioning unit (Dometic)
. . . . . . . . . . 158
AKS 3004
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Braking system
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Hot-water heater
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
WS 3000 D
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Mass in ready-to-drive condition
. . . . . . . . . 29, 31
Index
212 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Maximum permissible gross weight . . . . . . . 29, 31
Maximum permissible speed
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Maximum speed, technically permissible
. . . . . 199
Microwave oven
Switching off
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Switching on
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Troubleshooting
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Minimum nose weight
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
N
Net curtains, cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
No gas
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Nose weight
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25, 28, 32
O
Odour seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Off-load voltage
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Operating modes
Air conditioning unit (Dometic)
. . . . . . . . . . 120
Boiler (Truma)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Refrigerator
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133, 135, 139
Switching automatics, gas system
. . . . . . . . 89
Oven see gas cooker
or gas oven
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127, 128, 129
Overload protection
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Overrun brake
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
P
Panel LT 109 (Power Pack SE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Panel LT 222
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Panel see also displays
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Payload
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Calculation
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Composition
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Example calculation
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29, 31
Payload see also load
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
People in the caravan
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21, 39
Permissible gross weight
see maximum permissible gross weight
. . . . . . 28
Personal equipment
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Power cable for the 240 V connection
. . . . . . . 101
Power pack
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Thermal cut-out
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Propane gas
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 84
PVC-floor covering
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
PVC-floor covering, cleaning
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
R
Rear axle load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
Rear bed, adjustable
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71
Rear ladder
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
Rear seating group
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78
Recessed halogen light
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .170, 171
Refrigerator
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43, 132
12 V operation,
switching on/off
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 135, 136, 140
240 V operation,
switching on/off
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 134, 136, 140
Change-over between energy sources
. . . .138
Door lock
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140, 141
Frame heater
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136
Gas operation
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137
Gas operation,
switching off
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134, 136, 139
Gas operation,
switching on
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134, 136, 139
Operating modes
. . . . . . . . . . . 133, 135, 139
Operation
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138
Refrigerating temperature control
. . . . . . . .138
Troubleshooting
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190, 191
Ventilation grill, removal
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133
Refrigerator door locking mechanism
Closing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141, 142
Locking in the ventilation position
. . . .141, 142
Opening
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141, 142
Refrigerator ventilation grill, removal
. . . . . . . .133
Registration
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
Risk of frost damage
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 24, 143, 147
Road safety
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
Checklist
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
Notes for
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
Roman shade, cleaning
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156
Roman shade, Heki skylight
Closing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60, 62
Opening
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61, 62
Roman shade, hinged skylight
Closing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59
Opening
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59
Roman shade, wind-up skylight
Closing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63
Opening
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63
Roof load
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
Roof rack, load
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
Roof rail
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
Round seating group,
sleeping conversion
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76, 77
213Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Index
S
Safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Changing wheels
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Cooker
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Electrical system
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Fire prevention
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Gas bottles
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Gas system
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 83
Hot-water heater
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Road safety
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Towing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Water system
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Safety knob, hinged window
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Sanitary fittings
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Seating group with two single beds,
sleeping conversion
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Set of keys
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Shower
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Sink, cleaning
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Skylight with snap latch
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57, 58
Blind
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Closing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Opening
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57, 58
Skylights
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56, 59
Sleeping conversion
Bench seating group and
side seating group
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Rear seating group
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Round seating group
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76, 77
Seating group with two single beds
. . . . . . . 81
Widening the bed into a
playing area
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79, 80
Spare parts
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Spare wheel
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Spare wheel support
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Special equipment
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Description
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Marking
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Safety instructions
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Weight details
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Speed limits
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Spotlight
Shifting
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Turning
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Stabiliser
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
AKS 3004
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
AKS 3004, maintenance work
. . . . . . . . . . 166
WS 3000 D
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
WS 3000 D, maintenance work
. . . . . . . . . 166
Stabiliser see also caravan coupling
. . . . . 26, 165
Stabilising lever
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Staying overnight
Away from camping areas
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
During travel
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Supports see corner steadies
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Surface-mounted halogen light
. . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Suspension table
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Conversion to bed foundation
. . . . . . . . . . . 64
Switching automatics, gas system
. . . . . . . . . . . 87
Swivel table
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64, 66
Conversion to bed foundation
. . . . . . . . . . . 65
Fastening to the floor
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Removing for bed conversion
. . . . . . . . . . . 66
Table top, swivelling
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Symbols
For instructions
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Gas isolator taps
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86, 107
Synthetic parts in the toilet
and living areas, cleaning
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
T
Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Teflon coverings, cleaning
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Television
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35, 67
Positioning
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Pulling out
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Storing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Swiveling
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Thetford cassette, retaining clip
. . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Thetford toilet
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Emptying
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Flushing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149, 150
Fuse
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Indicator lamp
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149, 150
Troubleshooting
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Water tank, emptying
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Water tank, filling
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Tightening torque, wheels
. . . . . . . . . . . . 178, 180
Tips
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Toilet
Care
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Fuse
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Toilet cassette
Emptying
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Removing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Unlocking
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Toilet compartment
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Ventilation
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Index
214 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Toilet see also Thetford toilet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Toll regulations in European countries
. . . . . . . 203
Total discharge
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Towing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Safety instructions
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Towing vehicle installation
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Traffic rules in foreign countries
. . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Transformer/rectifier (EBL 109)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Functions
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Position
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Travel checklists
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Travel cots suitable for children
. . . . . . . . . . 70, 73
Troubleshooting
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
240 V connection
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Air conditioning unit (Dometic)
. . . . . . . . . . 191
Body
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Boiler (Alde)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Boiler (Truma)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Braking system
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Chassis
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Cooker
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Electrical system
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Furniture flaps
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Gas cooker
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Gas oven
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Gas system
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Heater
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Hot water source
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Hot-air heater
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Hot-water heater
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Inner door
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Lighting
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Microwave oven
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Refrigerator
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190, 191
Thetford toilet
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Vacuum toilet
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Water supply
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Troubleshooting, air conditioning unit
. . . . . . . 187
TV cabinet
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Tyre change see changing wheels
. . . . . . . . . . 177
Tyre specifications
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Tyres
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Excessive wear
. . . . . . . . . . .21, 37, 175, 180
General instructions
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Handling
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Identification
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Load-carrying capacity
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Tyre pressure
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Tyre selection
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
U
Ultraheat additional electric heater . . . . . . . . . .116
Switching off
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
Switching on
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
Underbody, maintenance
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154
Upholstery, cleaning
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156
V
Vacuum toilet
Flushing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151
Indicator lamps
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151
Putting into operation
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151
Troubleshooting
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .193
Valve, emptying
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159
Vehicle identification plate
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .174
Vehicle jack
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16, 179
Vehicle manuals and documents
. . . . . . . . . . . .15
Vehicle, washing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153
Ventilation
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
Toilet compartment
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148
Volume of water, displaying
. . . . . . . . . . . .99, 100
W
Wardrobe light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173
Warming unit for waste water tank
Switching off
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119
Switching on
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119
Warning stickers
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .174
Washing with a high-pressure cleaner
. . . . . . .153
Waste gas vent on the right hand side
of the vehicle.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121
Waste gas vent, cap
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121
Waste water tank
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43, 144
Care
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155
Cleaning
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155
Emptying
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145
Mobile
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145
Permanently installed
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145
Removing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .146
Warming unit, switching off
. . . . . . . . . . . . .119
Warming unit, switching on
. . . . . . . . . . . . .119
Water pipes, cleaning
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157
Water pump
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143, 146
Water supply
General
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143
Troubleshooting
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .192
Water system
Care
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156
Cleaning
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156
215Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
Index
Disinfect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Emptying
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Filling
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Safety instructions
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Water tank
Cleaning
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Filling level, displaying
. . . . . . . . . . . . 99, 100
Weatherproof guarantee
Conditions
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Inspection
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Inspection plan
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Inspection stamp
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Weight details for special equipment
. . . . . . . . 195
Wheel chocks
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Wheel rim size
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Wheel rim type
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Wheels
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Windows
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Blind
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Cleaning
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Insect screen
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Wind-up skylight
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Closing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Insect screen
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Opening
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Roman shade
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Winter care
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Winter operation
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Index
216 Caravan - 09-09 - DET-0030-09EN
1 …

Hulp nodig? Stel uw vraag in het forum

Spelregels
1

Forum

Dethleffs-2010

Misbruik melden

Gebruikershandleiding.com neemt misbruik van zijn services uitermate serieus. U kunt hieronder aangeven waarom deze vraag ongepast is. Wij controleren de vraag en zonodig wordt deze verwijderd.

Product:

Bijvoorbeeld antisemitische inhoud, racistische inhoud, of materiaal dat gewelddadige fysieke handelingen tot gevolg kan hebben.

Bijvoorbeeld een creditcardnummer, een persoonlijk identificatienummer, of een geheim adres. E-mailadressen en volledige namen worden niet als privégegevens beschouwd.

Spelregels forum

Om tot zinvolle vragen te komen hanteren wij de volgende spelregels:

Belangrijk! Als er een antwoord wordt gegeven op uw vraag, dan is het voor de gever van het antwoord nuttig om te weten als u er wel (of niet) mee geholpen bent! Wij vragen u dus ook te reageren op een antwoord.

Belangrijk! Antwoorden worden ook per e-mail naar abonnees gestuurd. Laat uw emailadres achter op deze site, zodat u op de hoogte blijft. U krijgt dan ook andere vragen en antwoorden te zien.

Abonneren

Abonneer u voor het ontvangen van emails voor uw Dethleffs 2010 bij:


U ontvangt een email met instructies om u voor één of beide opties in te schrijven.


Ontvang uw handleiding per email

Vul uw emailadres in en ontvang de handleiding van Dethleffs 2010 in de taal/talen: Engels als bijlage per email.

De handleiding is 3,39 mb groot.

 

U ontvangt de handleiding per email binnen enkele minuten. Als u geen email heeft ontvangen, dan heeft u waarschijnlijk een verkeerd emailadres ingevuld of is uw mailbox te vol. Daarnaast kan het zijn dat uw internetprovider een maximum heeft aan de grootte per email. Omdat hier een handleiding wordt meegestuurd, kan het voorkomen dat de email groter is dan toegestaan bij uw provider.

Stel vragen via chat aan uw handleiding

Stel uw vraag over deze PDF

Andere handleiding(en) van Dethleffs 2010

Dethleffs 2010 Gebruiksaanwijzing - Nederlands - 218 pagina's

Dethleffs 2010 Gebruiksaanwijzing - Deutsch - 226 pagina's

Dethleffs 2010 Gebruiksaanwijzing - Français - 230 pagina's


Uw handleiding is per email verstuurd. Controleer uw email

Als u niet binnen een kwartier uw email met handleiding ontvangen heeft, kan het zijn dat u een verkeerd emailadres heeft ingevuld of dat uw emailprovider een maximum grootte per email heeft ingesteld die kleiner is dan de grootte van de handleiding.

Er is een email naar u verstuurd om uw inschrijving definitief te maken.

Controleer uw email en volg de aanwijzingen op om uw inschrijving definitief te maken

U heeft geen emailadres opgegeven

Als u de handleiding per email wilt ontvangen, vul dan een geldig emailadres in.

Uw vraag is op deze pagina toegevoegd

Wilt u een email ontvangen bij een antwoord en/of nieuwe vragen? Vul dan hier uw emailadres in.



Info